1 //===- SLPVectorizer.cpp - A bottom up SLP Vectorizer ---------------------===//
2 //
3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6 //
7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8 //
9 // This pass implements the Bottom Up SLP vectorizer. It detects consecutive
10 // stores that can be put together into vector-stores. Next, it attempts to
11 // construct vectorizable tree using the use-def chains. If a profitable tree
12 // was found, the SLP vectorizer performs vectorization on the tree.
13 //
14 // The pass is inspired by the work described in the paper:
15 //  "Loop-Aware SLP in GCC" by Ira Rosen, Dorit Nuzman, Ayal Zaks.
16 //
17 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
18 
19 #include "llvm/Transforms/Vectorize/SLPVectorizer.h"
20 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
21 #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
22 #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
23 #include "llvm/ADT/MapVector.h"
24 #include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
25 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
26 #include "llvm/ADT/PostOrderIterator.h"
27 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
28 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
29 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallBitVector.h"
30 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
31 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h"
32 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
33 #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
34 #include "llvm/ADT/iterator.h"
35 #include "llvm/ADT/iterator_range.h"
36 #include "llvm/Analysis/AliasAnalysis.h"
37 #include "llvm/Analysis/CodeMetrics.h"
38 #include "llvm/Analysis/DemandedBits.h"
39 #include "llvm/Analysis/GlobalsModRef.h"
40 #include "llvm/Analysis/LoopAccessAnalysis.h"
41 #include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
42 #include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryLocation.h"
43 #include "llvm/Analysis/OptimizationRemarkEmitter.h"
44 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h"
45 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h"
46 #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
47 #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetTransformInfo.h"
48 #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
49 #include "llvm/Analysis/VectorUtils.h"
50 #include "llvm/IR/Attributes.h"
51 #include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h"
52 #include "llvm/IR/Constant.h"
53 #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
54 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
55 #include "llvm/IR/DebugLoc.h"
56 #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
57 #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
58 #include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
59 #include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h"
60 #include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
61 #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
62 #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
63 #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
64 #include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h"
65 #include "llvm/IR/Module.h"
66 #include "llvm/IR/NoFolder.h"
67 #include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
68 #include "llvm/IR/PassManager.h"
69 #include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h"
70 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
71 #include "llvm/IR/Use.h"
72 #include "llvm/IR/User.h"
73 #include "llvm/IR/Value.h"
74 #include "llvm/IR/ValueHandle.h"
75 #include "llvm/IR/Verifier.h"
76 #include "llvm/InitializePasses.h"
77 #include "llvm/Pass.h"
78 #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
79 #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
80 #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
81 #include "llvm/Support/DOTGraphTraits.h"
82 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
83 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
84 #include "llvm/Support/GraphWriter.h"
85 #include "llvm/Support/KnownBits.h"
86 #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
87 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
88 #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/InjectTLIMappings.h"
89 #include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/LoopUtils.h"
90 #include "llvm/Transforms/Vectorize.h"
91 #include <algorithm>
92 #include <cassert>
93 #include <cstdint>
94 #include <iterator>
95 #include <memory>
96 #include <set>
97 #include <string>
98 #include <tuple>
99 #include <utility>
100 #include <vector>
101 
102 using namespace llvm;
103 using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
104 using namespace slpvectorizer;
105 
106 #define SV_NAME "slp-vectorizer"
107 #define DEBUG_TYPE "SLP"
108 
109 STATISTIC(NumVectorInstructions, "Number of vector instructions generated");
110 
111 cl::opt<bool> RunSLPVectorization("vectorize-slp", cl::init(true), cl::Hidden,
112                                   cl::desc("Run the SLP vectorization passes"));
113 
114 static cl::opt<int>
115     SLPCostThreshold("slp-threshold", cl::init(0), cl::Hidden,
116                      cl::desc("Only vectorize if you gain more than this "
117                               "number "));
118 
119 static cl::opt<bool>
120 ShouldVectorizeHor("slp-vectorize-hor", cl::init(true), cl::Hidden,
121                    cl::desc("Attempt to vectorize horizontal reductions"));
122 
123 static cl::opt<bool> ShouldStartVectorizeHorAtStore(
124     "slp-vectorize-hor-store", cl::init(false), cl::Hidden,
125     cl::desc(
126         "Attempt to vectorize horizontal reductions feeding into a store"));
127 
128 static cl::opt<int>
129 MaxVectorRegSizeOption("slp-max-reg-size", cl::init(128), cl::Hidden,
130     cl::desc("Attempt to vectorize for this register size in bits"));
131 
132 static cl::opt<int>
133 MaxStoreLookup("slp-max-store-lookup", cl::init(32), cl::Hidden,
134     cl::desc("Maximum depth of the lookup for consecutive stores."));
135 
136 /// Limits the size of scheduling regions in a block.
137 /// It avoid long compile times for _very_ large blocks where vector
138 /// instructions are spread over a wide range.
139 /// This limit is way higher than needed by real-world functions.
140 static cl::opt<int>
141 ScheduleRegionSizeBudget("slp-schedule-budget", cl::init(100000), cl::Hidden,
142     cl::desc("Limit the size of the SLP scheduling region per block"));
143 
144 static cl::opt<int> MinVectorRegSizeOption(
145     "slp-min-reg-size", cl::init(128), cl::Hidden,
146     cl::desc("Attempt to vectorize for this register size in bits"));
147 
148 static cl::opt<unsigned> RecursionMaxDepth(
149     "slp-recursion-max-depth", cl::init(12), cl::Hidden,
150     cl::desc("Limit the recursion depth when building a vectorizable tree"));
151 
152 static cl::opt<unsigned> MinTreeSize(
153     "slp-min-tree-size", cl::init(3), cl::Hidden,
154     cl::desc("Only vectorize small trees if they are fully vectorizable"));
155 
156 // The maximum depth that the look-ahead score heuristic will explore.
157 // The higher this value, the higher the compilation time overhead.
158 static cl::opt<int> LookAheadMaxDepth(
159     "slp-max-look-ahead-depth", cl::init(2), cl::Hidden,
160     cl::desc("The maximum look-ahead depth for operand reordering scores"));
161 
162 // The Look-ahead heuristic goes through the users of the bundle to calculate
163 // the users cost in getExternalUsesCost(). To avoid compilation time increase
164 // we limit the number of users visited to this value.
165 static cl::opt<unsigned> LookAheadUsersBudget(
166     "slp-look-ahead-users-budget", cl::init(2), cl::Hidden,
167     cl::desc("The maximum number of users to visit while visiting the "
168              "predecessors. This prevents compilation time increase."));
169 
170 static cl::opt<bool>
171     ViewSLPTree("view-slp-tree", cl::Hidden,
172                 cl::desc("Display the SLP trees with Graphviz"));
173 
174 // Limit the number of alias checks. The limit is chosen so that
175 // it has no negative effect on the llvm benchmarks.
176 static const unsigned AliasedCheckLimit = 10;
177 
178 // Another limit for the alias checks: The maximum distance between load/store
179 // instructions where alias checks are done.
180 // This limit is useful for very large basic blocks.
181 static const unsigned MaxMemDepDistance = 160;
182 
183 /// If the ScheduleRegionSizeBudget is exhausted, we allow small scheduling
184 /// regions to be handled.
185 static const int MinScheduleRegionSize = 16;
186 
187 /// Predicate for the element types that the SLP vectorizer supports.
188 ///
189 /// The most important thing to filter here are types which are invalid in LLVM
190 /// vectors. We also filter target specific types which have absolutely no
191 /// meaningful vectorization path such as x86_fp80 and ppc_f128. This just
192 /// avoids spending time checking the cost model and realizing that they will
193 /// be inevitably scalarized.
194 static bool isValidElementType(Type *Ty) {
195   return VectorType::isValidElementType(Ty) && !Ty->isX86_FP80Ty() &&
196          !Ty->isPPC_FP128Ty();
197 }
198 
199 /// \returns true if all of the instructions in \p VL are in the same block or
200 /// false otherwise.
201 static bool allSameBlock(ArrayRef<Value *> VL) {
202   Instruction *I0 = dyn_cast<Instruction>(VL[0]);
203   if (!I0)
204     return false;
205   BasicBlock *BB = I0->getParent();
206   for (int i = 1, e = VL.size(); i < e; i++) {
207     Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(VL[i]);
208     if (!I)
209       return false;
210 
211     if (BB != I->getParent())
212       return false;
213   }
214   return true;
215 }
216 
217 /// \returns True if all of the values in \p VL are constants (but not
218 /// globals/constant expressions).
219 static bool allConstant(ArrayRef<Value *> VL) {
220   // Constant expressions and globals can't be vectorized like normal integer/FP
221   // constants.
222   for (Value *i : VL)
223     if (!isa<Constant>(i) || isa<ConstantExpr>(i) || isa<GlobalValue>(i))
224       return false;
225   return true;
226 }
227 
228 /// \returns True if all of the values in \p VL are identical.
229 static bool isSplat(ArrayRef<Value *> VL) {
230   for (unsigned i = 1, e = VL.size(); i < e; ++i)
231     if (VL[i] != VL[0])
232       return false;
233   return true;
234 }
235 
236 /// \returns True if \p I is commutative, handles CmpInst as well as Instruction.
237 static bool isCommutative(Instruction *I) {
238   if (auto *IC = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
239     return IC->isCommutative();
240   return I->isCommutative();
241 }
242 
243 /// Checks if the vector of instructions can be represented as a shuffle, like:
244 /// %x0 = extractelement <4 x i8> %x, i32 0
245 /// %x3 = extractelement <4 x i8> %x, i32 3
246 /// %y1 = extractelement <4 x i8> %y, i32 1
247 /// %y2 = extractelement <4 x i8> %y, i32 2
248 /// %x0x0 = mul i8 %x0, %x0
249 /// %x3x3 = mul i8 %x3, %x3
250 /// %y1y1 = mul i8 %y1, %y1
251 /// %y2y2 = mul i8 %y2, %y2
252 /// %ins1 = insertelement <4 x i8> undef, i8 %x0x0, i32 0
253 /// %ins2 = insertelement <4 x i8> %ins1, i8 %x3x3, i32 1
254 /// %ins3 = insertelement <4 x i8> %ins2, i8 %y1y1, i32 2
255 /// %ins4 = insertelement <4 x i8> %ins3, i8 %y2y2, i32 3
256 /// ret <4 x i8> %ins4
257 /// can be transformed into:
258 /// %1 = shufflevector <4 x i8> %x, <4 x i8> %y, <4 x i32> <i32 0, i32 3, i32 5,
259 ///                                                         i32 6>
260 /// %2 = mul <4 x i8> %1, %1
261 /// ret <4 x i8> %2
262 /// We convert this initially to something like:
263 /// %x0 = extractelement <4 x i8> %x, i32 0
264 /// %x3 = extractelement <4 x i8> %x, i32 3
265 /// %y1 = extractelement <4 x i8> %y, i32 1
266 /// %y2 = extractelement <4 x i8> %y, i32 2
267 /// %1 = insertelement <4 x i8> undef, i8 %x0, i32 0
268 /// %2 = insertelement <4 x i8> %1, i8 %x3, i32 1
269 /// %3 = insertelement <4 x i8> %2, i8 %y1, i32 2
270 /// %4 = insertelement <4 x i8> %3, i8 %y2, i32 3
271 /// %5 = mul <4 x i8> %4, %4
272 /// %6 = extractelement <4 x i8> %5, i32 0
273 /// %ins1 = insertelement <4 x i8> undef, i8 %6, i32 0
274 /// %7 = extractelement <4 x i8> %5, i32 1
275 /// %ins2 = insertelement <4 x i8> %ins1, i8 %7, i32 1
276 /// %8 = extractelement <4 x i8> %5, i32 2
277 /// %ins3 = insertelement <4 x i8> %ins2, i8 %8, i32 2
278 /// %9 = extractelement <4 x i8> %5, i32 3
279 /// %ins4 = insertelement <4 x i8> %ins3, i8 %9, i32 3
280 /// ret <4 x i8> %ins4
281 /// InstCombiner transforms this into a shuffle and vector mul
282 /// TODO: Can we split off and reuse the shuffle mask detection from
283 /// TargetTransformInfo::getInstructionThroughput?
284 static Optional<TargetTransformInfo::ShuffleKind>
285 isShuffle(ArrayRef<Value *> VL) {
286   auto *EI0 = cast<ExtractElementInst>(VL[0]);
287   unsigned Size = EI0->getVectorOperandType()->getNumElements();
288   Value *Vec1 = nullptr;
289   Value *Vec2 = nullptr;
290   enum ShuffleMode { Unknown, Select, Permute };
291   ShuffleMode CommonShuffleMode = Unknown;
292   for (unsigned I = 0, E = VL.size(); I < E; ++I) {
293     auto *EI = cast<ExtractElementInst>(VL[I]);
294     auto *Vec = EI->getVectorOperand();
295     // All vector operands must have the same number of vector elements.
296     if (cast<VectorType>(Vec->getType())->getNumElements() != Size)
297       return None;
298     auto *Idx = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(EI->getIndexOperand());
299     if (!Idx)
300       return None;
301     // Undefined behavior if Idx is negative or >= Size.
302     if (Idx->getValue().uge(Size))
303       continue;
304     unsigned IntIdx = Idx->getValue().getZExtValue();
305     // We can extractelement from undef vector.
306     if (isa<UndefValue>(Vec))
307       continue;
308     // For correct shuffling we have to have at most 2 different vector operands
309     // in all extractelement instructions.
310     if (!Vec1 || Vec1 == Vec)
311       Vec1 = Vec;
312     else if (!Vec2 || Vec2 == Vec)
313       Vec2 = Vec;
314     else
315       return None;
316     if (CommonShuffleMode == Permute)
317       continue;
318     // If the extract index is not the same as the operation number, it is a
319     // permutation.
320     if (IntIdx != I) {
321       CommonShuffleMode = Permute;
322       continue;
323     }
324     CommonShuffleMode = Select;
325   }
326   // If we're not crossing lanes in different vectors, consider it as blending.
327   if (CommonShuffleMode == Select && Vec2)
328     return TargetTransformInfo::SK_Select;
329   // If Vec2 was never used, we have a permutation of a single vector, otherwise
330   // we have permutation of 2 vectors.
331   return Vec2 ? TargetTransformInfo::SK_PermuteTwoSrc
332               : TargetTransformInfo::SK_PermuteSingleSrc;
333 }
334 
335 namespace {
336 
337 /// Main data required for vectorization of instructions.
338 struct InstructionsState {
339   /// The very first instruction in the list with the main opcode.
340   Value *OpValue = nullptr;
341 
342   /// The main/alternate instruction.
343   Instruction *MainOp = nullptr;
344   Instruction *AltOp = nullptr;
345 
346   /// The main/alternate opcodes for the list of instructions.
347   unsigned getOpcode() const {
348     return MainOp ? MainOp->getOpcode() : 0;
349   }
350 
351   unsigned getAltOpcode() const {
352     return AltOp ? AltOp->getOpcode() : 0;
353   }
354 
355   /// Some of the instructions in the list have alternate opcodes.
356   bool isAltShuffle() const { return getOpcode() != getAltOpcode(); }
357 
358   bool isOpcodeOrAlt(Instruction *I) const {
359     unsigned CheckedOpcode = I->getOpcode();
360     return getOpcode() == CheckedOpcode || getAltOpcode() == CheckedOpcode;
361   }
362 
363   InstructionsState() = delete;
364   InstructionsState(Value *OpValue, Instruction *MainOp, Instruction *AltOp)
365       : OpValue(OpValue), MainOp(MainOp), AltOp(AltOp) {}
366 };
367 
368 } // end anonymous namespace
369 
370 /// Chooses the correct key for scheduling data. If \p Op has the same (or
371 /// alternate) opcode as \p OpValue, the key is \p Op. Otherwise the key is \p
372 /// OpValue.
373 static Value *isOneOf(const InstructionsState &S, Value *Op) {
374   auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op);
375   if (I && S.isOpcodeOrAlt(I))
376     return Op;
377   return S.OpValue;
378 }
379 
380 /// \returns true if \p Opcode is allowed as part of of the main/alternate
381 /// instruction for SLP vectorization.
382 ///
383 /// Example of unsupported opcode is SDIV that can potentially cause UB if the
384 /// "shuffled out" lane would result in division by zero.
385 static bool isValidForAlternation(unsigned Opcode) {
386   if (Instruction::isIntDivRem(Opcode))
387     return false;
388 
389   return true;
390 }
391 
392 /// \returns analysis of the Instructions in \p VL described in
393 /// InstructionsState, the Opcode that we suppose the whole list
394 /// could be vectorized even if its structure is diverse.
395 static InstructionsState getSameOpcode(ArrayRef<Value *> VL,
396                                        unsigned BaseIndex = 0) {
397   // Make sure these are all Instructions.
398   if (llvm::any_of(VL, [](Value *V) { return !isa<Instruction>(V); }))
399     return InstructionsState(VL[BaseIndex], nullptr, nullptr);
400 
401   bool IsCastOp = isa<CastInst>(VL[BaseIndex]);
402   bool IsBinOp = isa<BinaryOperator>(VL[BaseIndex]);
403   unsigned Opcode = cast<Instruction>(VL[BaseIndex])->getOpcode();
404   unsigned AltOpcode = Opcode;
405   unsigned AltIndex = BaseIndex;
406 
407   // Check for one alternate opcode from another BinaryOperator.
408   // TODO - generalize to support all operators (types, calls etc.).
409   for (int Cnt = 0, E = VL.size(); Cnt < E; Cnt++) {
410     unsigned InstOpcode = cast<Instruction>(VL[Cnt])->getOpcode();
411     if (IsBinOp && isa<BinaryOperator>(VL[Cnt])) {
412       if (InstOpcode == Opcode || InstOpcode == AltOpcode)
413         continue;
414       if (Opcode == AltOpcode && isValidForAlternation(InstOpcode) &&
415           isValidForAlternation(Opcode)) {
416         AltOpcode = InstOpcode;
417         AltIndex = Cnt;
418         continue;
419       }
420     } else if (IsCastOp && isa<CastInst>(VL[Cnt])) {
421       Type *Ty0 = cast<Instruction>(VL[BaseIndex])->getOperand(0)->getType();
422       Type *Ty1 = cast<Instruction>(VL[Cnt])->getOperand(0)->getType();
423       if (Ty0 == Ty1) {
424         if (InstOpcode == Opcode || InstOpcode == AltOpcode)
425           continue;
426         if (Opcode == AltOpcode) {
427           assert(isValidForAlternation(Opcode) &&
428                  isValidForAlternation(InstOpcode) &&
429                  "Cast isn't safe for alternation, logic needs to be updated!");
430           AltOpcode = InstOpcode;
431           AltIndex = Cnt;
432           continue;
433         }
434       }
435     } else if (InstOpcode == Opcode || InstOpcode == AltOpcode)
436       continue;
437     return InstructionsState(VL[BaseIndex], nullptr, nullptr);
438   }
439 
440   return InstructionsState(VL[BaseIndex], cast<Instruction>(VL[BaseIndex]),
441                            cast<Instruction>(VL[AltIndex]));
442 }
443 
444 /// \returns true if all of the values in \p VL have the same type or false
445 /// otherwise.
446 static bool allSameType(ArrayRef<Value *> VL) {
447   Type *Ty = VL[0]->getType();
448   for (int i = 1, e = VL.size(); i < e; i++)
449     if (VL[i]->getType() != Ty)
450       return false;
451 
452   return true;
453 }
454 
455 /// \returns True if Extract{Value,Element} instruction extracts element Idx.
456 static Optional<unsigned> getExtractIndex(Instruction *E) {
457   unsigned Opcode = E->getOpcode();
458   assert((Opcode == Instruction::ExtractElement ||
459           Opcode == Instruction::ExtractValue) &&
460          "Expected extractelement or extractvalue instruction.");
461   if (Opcode == Instruction::ExtractElement) {
462     auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(E->getOperand(1));
463     if (!CI)
464       return None;
465     return CI->getZExtValue();
466   }
467   ExtractValueInst *EI = cast<ExtractValueInst>(E);
468   if (EI->getNumIndices() != 1)
469     return None;
470   return *EI->idx_begin();
471 }
472 
473 /// \returns True if in-tree use also needs extract. This refers to
474 /// possible scalar operand in vectorized instruction.
475 static bool InTreeUserNeedToExtract(Value *Scalar, Instruction *UserInst,
476                                     TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
477   unsigned Opcode = UserInst->getOpcode();
478   switch (Opcode) {
479   case Instruction::Load: {
480     LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(UserInst);
481     return (LI->getPointerOperand() == Scalar);
482   }
483   case Instruction::Store: {
484     StoreInst *SI = cast<StoreInst>(UserInst);
485     return (SI->getPointerOperand() == Scalar);
486   }
487   case Instruction::Call: {
488     CallInst *CI = cast<CallInst>(UserInst);
489     Intrinsic::ID ID = getVectorIntrinsicIDForCall(CI, TLI);
490     for (unsigned i = 0, e = CI->getNumArgOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
491       if (hasVectorInstrinsicScalarOpd(ID, i))
492         return (CI->getArgOperand(i) == Scalar);
493     }
494     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
495   }
496   default:
497     return false;
498   }
499 }
500 
501 /// \returns the AA location that is being access by the instruction.
502 static MemoryLocation getLocation(Instruction *I, AliasAnalysis *AA) {
503   if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I))
504     return MemoryLocation::get(SI);
505   if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I))
506     return MemoryLocation::get(LI);
507   return MemoryLocation();
508 }
509 
510 /// \returns True if the instruction is not a volatile or atomic load/store.
511 static bool isSimple(Instruction *I) {
512   if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I))
513     return LI->isSimple();
514   if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I))
515     return SI->isSimple();
516   if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(I))
517     return !MI->isVolatile();
518   return true;
519 }
520 
521 namespace llvm {
522 
523 namespace slpvectorizer {
524 
525 /// Bottom Up SLP Vectorizer.
526 class BoUpSLP {
527   struct TreeEntry;
528   struct ScheduleData;
529 
530 public:
531   using ValueList = SmallVector<Value *, 8>;
532   using InstrList = SmallVector<Instruction *, 16>;
533   using ValueSet = SmallPtrSet<Value *, 16>;
534   using StoreList = SmallVector<StoreInst *, 8>;
535   using ExtraValueToDebugLocsMap =
536       MapVector<Value *, SmallVector<Instruction *, 2>>;
537 
538   BoUpSLP(Function *Func, ScalarEvolution *Se, TargetTransformInfo *Tti,
539           TargetLibraryInfo *TLi, AliasAnalysis *Aa, LoopInfo *Li,
540           DominatorTree *Dt, AssumptionCache *AC, DemandedBits *DB,
541           const DataLayout *DL, OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE)
542       : F(Func), SE(Se), TTI(Tti), TLI(TLi), AA(Aa), LI(Li), DT(Dt), AC(AC),
543         DB(DB), DL(DL), ORE(ORE), Builder(Se->getContext()) {
544     CodeMetrics::collectEphemeralValues(F, AC, EphValues);
545     // Use the vector register size specified by the target unless overridden
546     // by a command-line option.
547     // TODO: It would be better to limit the vectorization factor based on
548     //       data type rather than just register size. For example, x86 AVX has
549     //       256-bit registers, but it does not support integer operations
550     //       at that width (that requires AVX2).
551     if (MaxVectorRegSizeOption.getNumOccurrences())
552       MaxVecRegSize = MaxVectorRegSizeOption;
553     else
554       MaxVecRegSize = TTI->getRegisterBitWidth(true);
555 
556     if (MinVectorRegSizeOption.getNumOccurrences())
557       MinVecRegSize = MinVectorRegSizeOption;
558     else
559       MinVecRegSize = TTI->getMinVectorRegisterBitWidth();
560   }
561 
562   /// Vectorize the tree that starts with the elements in \p VL.
563   /// Returns the vectorized root.
564   Value *vectorizeTree();
565 
566   /// Vectorize the tree but with the list of externally used values \p
567   /// ExternallyUsedValues. Values in this MapVector can be replaced but the
568   /// generated extractvalue instructions.
569   Value *vectorizeTree(ExtraValueToDebugLocsMap &ExternallyUsedValues);
570 
571   /// \returns the cost incurred by unwanted spills and fills, caused by
572   /// holding live values over call sites.
573   int getSpillCost() const;
574 
575   /// \returns the vectorization cost of the subtree that starts at \p VL.
576   /// A negative number means that this is profitable.
577   int getTreeCost();
578 
579   /// Construct a vectorizable tree that starts at \p Roots, ignoring users for
580   /// the purpose of scheduling and extraction in the \p UserIgnoreLst.
581   void buildTree(ArrayRef<Value *> Roots,
582                  ArrayRef<Value *> UserIgnoreLst = None);
583 
584   /// Construct a vectorizable tree that starts at \p Roots, ignoring users for
585   /// the purpose of scheduling and extraction in the \p UserIgnoreLst taking
586   /// into account (and updating it, if required) list of externally used
587   /// values stored in \p ExternallyUsedValues.
588   void buildTree(ArrayRef<Value *> Roots,
589                  ExtraValueToDebugLocsMap &ExternallyUsedValues,
590                  ArrayRef<Value *> UserIgnoreLst = None);
591 
592   /// Clear the internal data structures that are created by 'buildTree'.
593   void deleteTree() {
594     VectorizableTree.clear();
595     ScalarToTreeEntry.clear();
596     MustGather.clear();
597     ExternalUses.clear();
598     NumOpsWantToKeepOrder.clear();
599     NumOpsWantToKeepOriginalOrder = 0;
600     for (auto &Iter : BlocksSchedules) {
601       BlockScheduling *BS = Iter.second.get();
602       BS->clear();
603     }
604     MinBWs.clear();
605   }
606 
607   unsigned getTreeSize() const { return VectorizableTree.size(); }
608 
609   /// Perform LICM and CSE on the newly generated gather sequences.
610   void optimizeGatherSequence();
611 
612   /// \returns The best order of instructions for vectorization.
613   Optional<ArrayRef<unsigned>> bestOrder() const {
614     auto I = std::max_element(
615         NumOpsWantToKeepOrder.begin(), NumOpsWantToKeepOrder.end(),
616         [](const decltype(NumOpsWantToKeepOrder)::value_type &D1,
617            const decltype(NumOpsWantToKeepOrder)::value_type &D2) {
618           return D1.second < D2.second;
619         });
620     if (I == NumOpsWantToKeepOrder.end() ||
621         I->getSecond() <= NumOpsWantToKeepOriginalOrder)
622       return None;
623 
624     return makeArrayRef(I->getFirst());
625   }
626 
627   /// \return The vector element size in bits to use when vectorizing the
628   /// expression tree ending at \p V. If V is a store, the size is the width of
629   /// the stored value. Otherwise, the size is the width of the largest loaded
630   /// value reaching V. This method is used by the vectorizer to calculate
631   /// vectorization factors.
632   unsigned getVectorElementSize(Value *V);
633 
634   /// Compute the minimum type sizes required to represent the entries in a
635   /// vectorizable tree.
636   void computeMinimumValueSizes();
637 
638   // \returns maximum vector register size as set by TTI or overridden by cl::opt.
639   unsigned getMaxVecRegSize() const {
640     return MaxVecRegSize;
641   }
642 
643   // \returns minimum vector register size as set by cl::opt.
644   unsigned getMinVecRegSize() const {
645     return MinVecRegSize;
646   }
647 
648   /// Check if homogeneous aggregate is isomorphic to some VectorType.
649   /// Accepts homogeneous multidimensional aggregate of scalars/vectors like
650   /// {[4 x i16], [4 x i16]}, { <2 x float>, <2 x float> },
651   /// {{{i16, i16}, {i16, i16}}, {{i16, i16}, {i16, i16}}} and so on.
652   ///
653   /// \returns number of elements in vector if isomorphism exists, 0 otherwise.
654   unsigned canMapToVector(Type *T, const DataLayout &DL) const;
655 
656   /// \returns True if the VectorizableTree is both tiny and not fully
657   /// vectorizable. We do not vectorize such trees.
658   bool isTreeTinyAndNotFullyVectorizable() const;
659 
660   /// Assume that a legal-sized 'or'-reduction of shifted/zexted loaded values
661   /// can be load combined in the backend. Load combining may not be allowed in
662   /// the IR optimizer, so we do not want to alter the pattern. For example,
663   /// partially transforming a scalar bswap() pattern into vector code is
664   /// effectively impossible for the backend to undo.
665   /// TODO: If load combining is allowed in the IR optimizer, this analysis
666   ///       may not be necessary.
667   bool isLoadCombineReductionCandidate(unsigned ReductionOpcode) const;
668 
669   /// Assume that a vector of stores of bitwise-or/shifted/zexted loaded values
670   /// can be load combined in the backend. Load combining may not be allowed in
671   /// the IR optimizer, so we do not want to alter the pattern. For example,
672   /// partially transforming a scalar bswap() pattern into vector code is
673   /// effectively impossible for the backend to undo.
674   /// TODO: If load combining is allowed in the IR optimizer, this analysis
675   ///       may not be necessary.
676   bool isLoadCombineCandidate() const;
677 
678   OptimizationRemarkEmitter *getORE() { return ORE; }
679 
680   /// This structure holds any data we need about the edges being traversed
681   /// during buildTree_rec(). We keep track of:
682   /// (i) the user TreeEntry index, and
683   /// (ii) the index of the edge.
684   struct EdgeInfo {
685     EdgeInfo() = default;
686     EdgeInfo(TreeEntry *UserTE, unsigned EdgeIdx)
687         : UserTE(UserTE), EdgeIdx(EdgeIdx) {}
688     /// The user TreeEntry.
689     TreeEntry *UserTE = nullptr;
690     /// The operand index of the use.
691     unsigned EdgeIdx = UINT_MAX;
692 #ifndef NDEBUG
693     friend inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS,
694                                           const BoUpSLP::EdgeInfo &EI) {
695       EI.dump(OS);
696       return OS;
697     }
698     /// Debug print.
699     void dump(raw_ostream &OS) const {
700       OS << "{User:" << (UserTE ? std::to_string(UserTE->Idx) : "null")
701          << " EdgeIdx:" << EdgeIdx << "}";
702     }
703     LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void dump() const { dump(dbgs()); }
704 #endif
705   };
706 
707   /// A helper data structure to hold the operands of a vector of instructions.
708   /// This supports a fixed vector length for all operand vectors.
709   class VLOperands {
710     /// For each operand we need (i) the value, and (ii) the opcode that it
711     /// would be attached to if the expression was in a left-linearized form.
712     /// This is required to avoid illegal operand reordering.
713     /// For example:
714     /// \verbatim
715     ///                         0 Op1
716     ///                         |/
717     /// Op1 Op2   Linearized    + Op2
718     ///   \ /     ---------->   |/
719     ///    -                    -
720     ///
721     /// Op1 - Op2            (0 + Op1) - Op2
722     /// \endverbatim
723     ///
724     /// Value Op1 is attached to a '+' operation, and Op2 to a '-'.
725     ///
726     /// Another way to think of this is to track all the operations across the
727     /// path from the operand all the way to the root of the tree and to
728     /// calculate the operation that corresponds to this path. For example, the
729     /// path from Op2 to the root crosses the RHS of the '-', therefore the
730     /// corresponding operation is a '-' (which matches the one in the
731     /// linearized tree, as shown above).
732     ///
733     /// For lack of a better term, we refer to this operation as Accumulated
734     /// Path Operation (APO).
735     struct OperandData {
736       OperandData() = default;
737       OperandData(Value *V, bool APO, bool IsUsed)
738           : V(V), APO(APO), IsUsed(IsUsed) {}
739       /// The operand value.
740       Value *V = nullptr;
741       /// TreeEntries only allow a single opcode, or an alternate sequence of
742       /// them (e.g, +, -). Therefore, we can safely use a boolean value for the
743       /// APO. It is set to 'true' if 'V' is attached to an inverse operation
744       /// in the left-linearized form (e.g., Sub/Div), and 'false' otherwise
745       /// (e.g., Add/Mul)
746       bool APO = false;
747       /// Helper data for the reordering function.
748       bool IsUsed = false;
749     };
750 
751     /// During operand reordering, we are trying to select the operand at lane
752     /// that matches best with the operand at the neighboring lane. Our
753     /// selection is based on the type of value we are looking for. For example,
754     /// if the neighboring lane has a load, we need to look for a load that is
755     /// accessing a consecutive address. These strategies are summarized in the
756     /// 'ReorderingMode' enumerator.
757     enum class ReorderingMode {
758       Load,     ///< Matching loads to consecutive memory addresses
759       Opcode,   ///< Matching instructions based on opcode (same or alternate)
760       Constant, ///< Matching constants
761       Splat,    ///< Matching the same instruction multiple times (broadcast)
762       Failed,   ///< We failed to create a vectorizable group
763     };
764 
765     using OperandDataVec = SmallVector<OperandData, 2>;
766 
767     /// A vector of operand vectors.
768     SmallVector<OperandDataVec, 4> OpsVec;
769 
770     const DataLayout &DL;
771     ScalarEvolution &SE;
772     const BoUpSLP &R;
773 
774     /// \returns the operand data at \p OpIdx and \p Lane.
775     OperandData &getData(unsigned OpIdx, unsigned Lane) {
776       return OpsVec[OpIdx][Lane];
777     }
778 
779     /// \returns the operand data at \p OpIdx and \p Lane. Const version.
780     const OperandData &getData(unsigned OpIdx, unsigned Lane) const {
781       return OpsVec[OpIdx][Lane];
782     }
783 
784     /// Clears the used flag for all entries.
785     void clearUsed() {
786       for (unsigned OpIdx = 0, NumOperands = getNumOperands();
787            OpIdx != NumOperands; ++OpIdx)
788         for (unsigned Lane = 0, NumLanes = getNumLanes(); Lane != NumLanes;
789              ++Lane)
790           OpsVec[OpIdx][Lane].IsUsed = false;
791     }
792 
793     /// Swap the operand at \p OpIdx1 with that one at \p OpIdx2.
794     void swap(unsigned OpIdx1, unsigned OpIdx2, unsigned Lane) {
795       std::swap(OpsVec[OpIdx1][Lane], OpsVec[OpIdx2][Lane]);
796     }
797 
798     // The hard-coded scores listed here are not very important. When computing
799     // the scores of matching one sub-tree with another, we are basically
800     // counting the number of values that are matching. So even if all scores
801     // are set to 1, we would still get a decent matching result.
802     // However, sometimes we have to break ties. For example we may have to
803     // choose between matching loads vs matching opcodes. This is what these
804     // scores are helping us with: they provide the order of preference.
805 
806     /// Loads from consecutive memory addresses, e.g. load(A[i]), load(A[i+1]).
807     static const int ScoreConsecutiveLoads = 3;
808     /// ExtractElementInst from same vector and consecutive indexes.
809     static const int ScoreConsecutiveExtracts = 3;
810     /// Constants.
811     static const int ScoreConstants = 2;
812     /// Instructions with the same opcode.
813     static const int ScoreSameOpcode = 2;
814     /// Instructions with alt opcodes (e.g, add + sub).
815     static const int ScoreAltOpcodes = 1;
816     /// Identical instructions (a.k.a. splat or broadcast).
817     static const int ScoreSplat = 1;
818     /// Matching with an undef is preferable to failing.
819     static const int ScoreUndef = 1;
820     /// Score for failing to find a decent match.
821     static const int ScoreFail = 0;
822     /// User exteranl to the vectorized code.
823     static const int ExternalUseCost = 1;
824     /// The user is internal but in a different lane.
825     static const int UserInDiffLaneCost = ExternalUseCost;
826 
827     /// \returns the score of placing \p V1 and \p V2 in consecutive lanes.
828     static int getShallowScore(Value *V1, Value *V2, const DataLayout &DL,
829                                ScalarEvolution &SE) {
830       auto *LI1 = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(V1);
831       auto *LI2 = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(V2);
832       if (LI1 && LI2)
833         return isConsecutiveAccess(LI1, LI2, DL, SE)
834                    ? VLOperands::ScoreConsecutiveLoads
835                    : VLOperands::ScoreFail;
836 
837       auto *C1 = dyn_cast<Constant>(V1);
838       auto *C2 = dyn_cast<Constant>(V2);
839       if (C1 && C2)
840         return VLOperands::ScoreConstants;
841 
842       // Extracts from consecutive indexes of the same vector better score as
843       // the extracts could be optimized away.
844       Value *EV;
845       ConstantInt *Ex1Idx, *Ex2Idx;
846       if (match(V1, m_ExtractElement(m_Value(EV), m_ConstantInt(Ex1Idx))) &&
847           match(V2, m_ExtractElement(m_Deferred(EV), m_ConstantInt(Ex2Idx))) &&
848           Ex1Idx->getZExtValue() + 1 == Ex2Idx->getZExtValue())
849         return VLOperands::ScoreConsecutiveExtracts;
850 
851       auto *I1 = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V1);
852       auto *I2 = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V2);
853       if (I1 && I2) {
854         if (I1 == I2)
855           return VLOperands::ScoreSplat;
856         InstructionsState S = getSameOpcode({I1, I2});
857         // Note: Only consider instructions with <= 2 operands to avoid
858         // complexity explosion.
859         if (S.getOpcode() && S.MainOp->getNumOperands() <= 2)
860           return S.isAltShuffle() ? VLOperands::ScoreAltOpcodes
861                                   : VLOperands::ScoreSameOpcode;
862       }
863 
864       if (isa<UndefValue>(V2))
865         return VLOperands::ScoreUndef;
866 
867       return VLOperands::ScoreFail;
868     }
869 
870     /// Holds the values and their lane that are taking part in the look-ahead
871     /// score calculation. This is used in the external uses cost calculation.
872     SmallDenseMap<Value *, int> InLookAheadValues;
873 
874     /// \Returns the additinal cost due to uses of \p LHS and \p RHS that are
875     /// either external to the vectorized code, or require shuffling.
876     int getExternalUsesCost(const std::pair<Value *, int> &LHS,
877                             const std::pair<Value *, int> &RHS) {
878       int Cost = 0;
879       std::array<std::pair<Value *, int>, 2> Values = {{LHS, RHS}};
880       for (int Idx = 0, IdxE = Values.size(); Idx != IdxE; ++Idx) {
881         Value *V = Values[Idx].first;
882         // Calculate the absolute lane, using the minimum relative lane of LHS
883         // and RHS as base and Idx as the offset.
884         int Ln = std::min(LHS.second, RHS.second) + Idx;
885         assert(Ln >= 0 && "Bad lane calculation");
886         unsigned UsersBudget = LookAheadUsersBudget;
887         for (User *U : V->users()) {
888           if (const TreeEntry *UserTE = R.getTreeEntry(U)) {
889             // The user is in the VectorizableTree. Check if we need to insert.
890             auto It = llvm::find(UserTE->Scalars, U);
891             assert(It != UserTE->Scalars.end() && "U is in UserTE");
892             int UserLn = std::distance(UserTE->Scalars.begin(), It);
893             assert(UserLn >= 0 && "Bad lane");
894             if (UserLn != Ln)
895               Cost += UserInDiffLaneCost;
896           } else {
897             // Check if the user is in the look-ahead code.
898             auto It2 = InLookAheadValues.find(U);
899             if (It2 != InLookAheadValues.end()) {
900               // The user is in the look-ahead code. Check the lane.
901               if (It2->second != Ln)
902                 Cost += UserInDiffLaneCost;
903             } else {
904               // The user is neither in SLP tree nor in the look-ahead code.
905               Cost += ExternalUseCost;
906             }
907           }
908           // Limit the number of visited uses to cap compilation time.
909           if (--UsersBudget == 0)
910             break;
911         }
912       }
913       return Cost;
914     }
915 
916     /// Go through the operands of \p LHS and \p RHS recursively until \p
917     /// MaxLevel, and return the cummulative score. For example:
918     /// \verbatim
919     ///  A[0]  B[0]  A[1]  B[1]  C[0] D[0]  B[1] A[1]
920     ///     \ /         \ /         \ /        \ /
921     ///      +           +           +          +
922     ///     G1          G2          G3         G4
923     /// \endverbatim
924     /// The getScoreAtLevelRec(G1, G2) function will try to match the nodes at
925     /// each level recursively, accumulating the score. It starts from matching
926     /// the additions at level 0, then moves on to the loads (level 1). The
927     /// score of G1 and G2 is higher than G1 and G3, because {A[0],A[1]} and
928     /// {B[0],B[1]} match with VLOperands::ScoreConsecutiveLoads, while
929     /// {A[0],C[0]} has a score of VLOperands::ScoreFail.
930     /// Please note that the order of the operands does not matter, as we
931     /// evaluate the score of all profitable combinations of operands. In
932     /// other words the score of G1 and G4 is the same as G1 and G2. This
933     /// heuristic is based on ideas described in:
934     ///   Look-ahead SLP: Auto-vectorization in the presence of commutative
935     ///   operations, CGO 2018 by Vasileios Porpodas, Rodrigo C. O. Rocha,
936     ///   Luís F. W. Góes
937     int getScoreAtLevelRec(const std::pair<Value *, int> &LHS,
938                            const std::pair<Value *, int> &RHS, int CurrLevel,
939                            int MaxLevel) {
940 
941       Value *V1 = LHS.first;
942       Value *V2 = RHS.first;
943       // Get the shallow score of V1 and V2.
944       int ShallowScoreAtThisLevel =
945           std::max((int)ScoreFail, getShallowScore(V1, V2, DL, SE) -
946                                        getExternalUsesCost(LHS, RHS));
947       int Lane1 = LHS.second;
948       int Lane2 = RHS.second;
949 
950       // If reached MaxLevel,
951       //  or if V1 and V2 are not instructions,
952       //  or if they are SPLAT,
953       //  or if they are not consecutive, early return the current cost.
954       auto *I1 = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V1);
955       auto *I2 = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V2);
956       if (CurrLevel == MaxLevel || !(I1 && I2) || I1 == I2 ||
957           ShallowScoreAtThisLevel == VLOperands::ScoreFail ||
958           (isa<LoadInst>(I1) && isa<LoadInst>(I2) && ShallowScoreAtThisLevel))
959         return ShallowScoreAtThisLevel;
960       assert(I1 && I2 && "Should have early exited.");
961 
962       // Keep track of in-tree values for determining the external-use cost.
963       InLookAheadValues[V1] = Lane1;
964       InLookAheadValues[V2] = Lane2;
965 
966       // Contains the I2 operand indexes that got matched with I1 operands.
967       SmallSet<unsigned, 4> Op2Used;
968 
969       // Recursion towards the operands of I1 and I2. We are trying all possbile
970       // operand pairs, and keeping track of the best score.
971       for (unsigned OpIdx1 = 0, NumOperands1 = I1->getNumOperands();
972            OpIdx1 != NumOperands1; ++OpIdx1) {
973         // Try to pair op1I with the best operand of I2.
974         int MaxTmpScore = 0;
975         unsigned MaxOpIdx2 = 0;
976         bool FoundBest = false;
977         // If I2 is commutative try all combinations.
978         unsigned FromIdx = isCommutative(I2) ? 0 : OpIdx1;
979         unsigned ToIdx = isCommutative(I2)
980                              ? I2->getNumOperands()
981                              : std::min(I2->getNumOperands(), OpIdx1 + 1);
982         assert(FromIdx <= ToIdx && "Bad index");
983         for (unsigned OpIdx2 = FromIdx; OpIdx2 != ToIdx; ++OpIdx2) {
984           // Skip operands already paired with OpIdx1.
985           if (Op2Used.count(OpIdx2))
986             continue;
987           // Recursively calculate the cost at each level
988           int TmpScore = getScoreAtLevelRec({I1->getOperand(OpIdx1), Lane1},
989                                             {I2->getOperand(OpIdx2), Lane2},
990                                             CurrLevel + 1, MaxLevel);
991           // Look for the best score.
992           if (TmpScore > VLOperands::ScoreFail && TmpScore > MaxTmpScore) {
993             MaxTmpScore = TmpScore;
994             MaxOpIdx2 = OpIdx2;
995             FoundBest = true;
996           }
997         }
998         if (FoundBest) {
999           // Pair {OpIdx1, MaxOpIdx2} was found to be best. Never revisit it.
1000           Op2Used.insert(MaxOpIdx2);
1001           ShallowScoreAtThisLevel += MaxTmpScore;
1002         }
1003       }
1004       return ShallowScoreAtThisLevel;
1005     }
1006 
1007     /// \Returns the look-ahead score, which tells us how much the sub-trees
1008     /// rooted at \p LHS and \p RHS match, the more they match the higher the
1009     /// score. This helps break ties in an informed way when we cannot decide on
1010     /// the order of the operands by just considering the immediate
1011     /// predecessors.
1012     int getLookAheadScore(const std::pair<Value *, int> &LHS,
1013                           const std::pair<Value *, int> &RHS) {
1014       InLookAheadValues.clear();
1015       return getScoreAtLevelRec(LHS, RHS, 1, LookAheadMaxDepth);
1016     }
1017 
1018     // Search all operands in Ops[*][Lane] for the one that matches best
1019     // Ops[OpIdx][LastLane] and return its opreand index.
1020     // If no good match can be found, return None.
1021     Optional<unsigned>
1022     getBestOperand(unsigned OpIdx, int Lane, int LastLane,
1023                    ArrayRef<ReorderingMode> ReorderingModes) {
1024       unsigned NumOperands = getNumOperands();
1025 
1026       // The operand of the previous lane at OpIdx.
1027       Value *OpLastLane = getData(OpIdx, LastLane).V;
1028 
1029       // Our strategy mode for OpIdx.
1030       ReorderingMode RMode = ReorderingModes[OpIdx];
1031 
1032       // The linearized opcode of the operand at OpIdx, Lane.
1033       bool OpIdxAPO = getData(OpIdx, Lane).APO;
1034 
1035       // The best operand index and its score.
1036       // Sometimes we have more than one option (e.g., Opcode and Undefs), so we
1037       // are using the score to differentiate between the two.
1038       struct BestOpData {
1039         Optional<unsigned> Idx = None;
1040         unsigned Score = 0;
1041       } BestOp;
1042 
1043       // Iterate through all unused operands and look for the best.
1044       for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx != NumOperands; ++Idx) {
1045         // Get the operand at Idx and Lane.
1046         OperandData &OpData = getData(Idx, Lane);
1047         Value *Op = OpData.V;
1048         bool OpAPO = OpData.APO;
1049 
1050         // Skip already selected operands.
1051         if (OpData.IsUsed)
1052           continue;
1053 
1054         // Skip if we are trying to move the operand to a position with a
1055         // different opcode in the linearized tree form. This would break the
1056         // semantics.
1057         if (OpAPO != OpIdxAPO)
1058           continue;
1059 
1060         // Look for an operand that matches the current mode.
1061         switch (RMode) {
1062         case ReorderingMode::Load:
1063         case ReorderingMode::Constant:
1064         case ReorderingMode::Opcode: {
1065           bool LeftToRight = Lane > LastLane;
1066           Value *OpLeft = (LeftToRight) ? OpLastLane : Op;
1067           Value *OpRight = (LeftToRight) ? Op : OpLastLane;
1068           unsigned Score =
1069               getLookAheadScore({OpLeft, LastLane}, {OpRight, Lane});
1070           if (Score > BestOp.Score) {
1071             BestOp.Idx = Idx;
1072             BestOp.Score = Score;
1073           }
1074           break;
1075         }
1076         case ReorderingMode::Splat:
1077           if (Op == OpLastLane)
1078             BestOp.Idx = Idx;
1079           break;
1080         case ReorderingMode::Failed:
1081           return None;
1082         }
1083       }
1084 
1085       if (BestOp.Idx) {
1086         getData(BestOp.Idx.getValue(), Lane).IsUsed = true;
1087         return BestOp.Idx;
1088       }
1089       // If we could not find a good match return None.
1090       return None;
1091     }
1092 
1093     /// Helper for reorderOperandVecs. \Returns the lane that we should start
1094     /// reordering from. This is the one which has the least number of operands
1095     /// that can freely move about.
1096     unsigned getBestLaneToStartReordering() const {
1097       unsigned BestLane = 0;
1098       unsigned Min = UINT_MAX;
1099       for (unsigned Lane = 0, NumLanes = getNumLanes(); Lane != NumLanes;
1100            ++Lane) {
1101         unsigned NumFreeOps = getMaxNumOperandsThatCanBeReordered(Lane);
1102         if (NumFreeOps < Min) {
1103           Min = NumFreeOps;
1104           BestLane = Lane;
1105         }
1106       }
1107       return BestLane;
1108     }
1109 
1110     /// \Returns the maximum number of operands that are allowed to be reordered
1111     /// for \p Lane. This is used as a heuristic for selecting the first lane to
1112     /// start operand reordering.
1113     unsigned getMaxNumOperandsThatCanBeReordered(unsigned Lane) const {
1114       unsigned CntTrue = 0;
1115       unsigned NumOperands = getNumOperands();
1116       // Operands with the same APO can be reordered. We therefore need to count
1117       // how many of them we have for each APO, like this: Cnt[APO] = x.
1118       // Since we only have two APOs, namely true and false, we can avoid using
1119       // a map. Instead we can simply count the number of operands that
1120       // correspond to one of them (in this case the 'true' APO), and calculate
1121       // the other by subtracting it from the total number of operands.
1122       for (unsigned OpIdx = 0; OpIdx != NumOperands; ++OpIdx)
1123         if (getData(OpIdx, Lane).APO)
1124           ++CntTrue;
1125       unsigned CntFalse = NumOperands - CntTrue;
1126       return std::max(CntTrue, CntFalse);
1127     }
1128 
1129     /// Go through the instructions in VL and append their operands.
1130     void appendOperandsOfVL(ArrayRef<Value *> VL) {
1131       assert(!VL.empty() && "Bad VL");
1132       assert((empty() || VL.size() == getNumLanes()) &&
1133              "Expected same number of lanes");
1134       assert(isa<Instruction>(VL[0]) && "Expected instruction");
1135       unsigned NumOperands = cast<Instruction>(VL[0])->getNumOperands();
1136       OpsVec.resize(NumOperands);
1137       unsigned NumLanes = VL.size();
1138       for (unsigned OpIdx = 0; OpIdx != NumOperands; ++OpIdx) {
1139         OpsVec[OpIdx].resize(NumLanes);
1140         for (unsigned Lane = 0; Lane != NumLanes; ++Lane) {
1141           assert(isa<Instruction>(VL[Lane]) && "Expected instruction");
1142           // Our tree has just 3 nodes: the root and two operands.
1143           // It is therefore trivial to get the APO. We only need to check the
1144           // opcode of VL[Lane] and whether the operand at OpIdx is the LHS or
1145           // RHS operand. The LHS operand of both add and sub is never attached
1146           // to an inversese operation in the linearized form, therefore its APO
1147           // is false. The RHS is true only if VL[Lane] is an inverse operation.
1148 
1149           // Since operand reordering is performed on groups of commutative
1150           // operations or alternating sequences (e.g., +, -), we can safely
1151           // tell the inverse operations by checking commutativity.
1152           bool IsInverseOperation = !isCommutative(cast<Instruction>(VL[Lane]));
1153           bool APO = (OpIdx == 0) ? false : IsInverseOperation;
1154           OpsVec[OpIdx][Lane] = {cast<Instruction>(VL[Lane])->getOperand(OpIdx),
1155                                  APO, false};
1156         }
1157       }
1158     }
1159 
1160     /// \returns the number of operands.
1161     unsigned getNumOperands() const { return OpsVec.size(); }
1162 
1163     /// \returns the number of lanes.
1164     unsigned getNumLanes() const { return OpsVec[0].size(); }
1165 
1166     /// \returns the operand value at \p OpIdx and \p Lane.
1167     Value *getValue(unsigned OpIdx, unsigned Lane) const {
1168       return getData(OpIdx, Lane).V;
1169     }
1170 
1171     /// \returns true if the data structure is empty.
1172     bool empty() const { return OpsVec.empty(); }
1173 
1174     /// Clears the data.
1175     void clear() { OpsVec.clear(); }
1176 
1177     /// \Returns true if there are enough operands identical to \p Op to fill
1178     /// the whole vector.
1179     /// Note: This modifies the 'IsUsed' flag, so a cleanUsed() must follow.
1180     bool shouldBroadcast(Value *Op, unsigned OpIdx, unsigned Lane) {
1181       bool OpAPO = getData(OpIdx, Lane).APO;
1182       for (unsigned Ln = 0, Lns = getNumLanes(); Ln != Lns; ++Ln) {
1183         if (Ln == Lane)
1184           continue;
1185         // This is set to true if we found a candidate for broadcast at Lane.
1186         bool FoundCandidate = false;
1187         for (unsigned OpI = 0, OpE = getNumOperands(); OpI != OpE; ++OpI) {
1188           OperandData &Data = getData(OpI, Ln);
1189           if (Data.APO != OpAPO || Data.IsUsed)
1190             continue;
1191           if (Data.V == Op) {
1192             FoundCandidate = true;
1193             Data.IsUsed = true;
1194             break;
1195           }
1196         }
1197         if (!FoundCandidate)
1198           return false;
1199       }
1200       return true;
1201     }
1202 
1203   public:
1204     /// Initialize with all the operands of the instruction vector \p RootVL.
1205     VLOperands(ArrayRef<Value *> RootVL, const DataLayout &DL,
1206                ScalarEvolution &SE, const BoUpSLP &R)
1207         : DL(DL), SE(SE), R(R) {
1208       // Append all the operands of RootVL.
1209       appendOperandsOfVL(RootVL);
1210     }
1211 
1212     /// \Returns a value vector with the operands across all lanes for the
1213     /// opearnd at \p OpIdx.
1214     ValueList getVL(unsigned OpIdx) const {
1215       ValueList OpVL(OpsVec[OpIdx].size());
1216       assert(OpsVec[OpIdx].size() == getNumLanes() &&
1217              "Expected same num of lanes across all operands");
1218       for (unsigned Lane = 0, Lanes = getNumLanes(); Lane != Lanes; ++Lane)
1219         OpVL[Lane] = OpsVec[OpIdx][Lane].V;
1220       return OpVL;
1221     }
1222 
1223     // Performs operand reordering for 2 or more operands.
1224     // The original operands are in OrigOps[OpIdx][Lane].
1225     // The reordered operands are returned in 'SortedOps[OpIdx][Lane]'.
1226     void reorder() {
1227       unsigned NumOperands = getNumOperands();
1228       unsigned NumLanes = getNumLanes();
1229       // Each operand has its own mode. We are using this mode to help us select
1230       // the instructions for each lane, so that they match best with the ones
1231       // we have selected so far.
1232       SmallVector<ReorderingMode, 2> ReorderingModes(NumOperands);
1233 
1234       // This is a greedy single-pass algorithm. We are going over each lane
1235       // once and deciding on the best order right away with no back-tracking.
1236       // However, in order to increase its effectiveness, we start with the lane
1237       // that has operands that can move the least. For example, given the
1238       // following lanes:
1239       //  Lane 0 : A[0] = B[0] + C[0]   // Visited 3rd
1240       //  Lane 1 : A[1] = C[1] - B[1]   // Visited 1st
1241       //  Lane 2 : A[2] = B[2] + C[2]   // Visited 2nd
1242       //  Lane 3 : A[3] = C[3] - B[3]   // Visited 4th
1243       // we will start at Lane 1, since the operands of the subtraction cannot
1244       // be reordered. Then we will visit the rest of the lanes in a circular
1245       // fashion. That is, Lanes 2, then Lane 0, and finally Lane 3.
1246 
1247       // Find the first lane that we will start our search from.
1248       unsigned FirstLane = getBestLaneToStartReordering();
1249 
1250       // Initialize the modes.
1251       for (unsigned OpIdx = 0; OpIdx != NumOperands; ++OpIdx) {
1252         Value *OpLane0 = getValue(OpIdx, FirstLane);
1253         // Keep track if we have instructions with all the same opcode on one
1254         // side.
1255         if (isa<LoadInst>(OpLane0))
1256           ReorderingModes[OpIdx] = ReorderingMode::Load;
1257         else if (isa<Instruction>(OpLane0)) {
1258           // Check if OpLane0 should be broadcast.
1259           if (shouldBroadcast(OpLane0, OpIdx, FirstLane))
1260             ReorderingModes[OpIdx] = ReorderingMode::Splat;
1261           else
1262             ReorderingModes[OpIdx] = ReorderingMode::Opcode;
1263         }
1264         else if (isa<Constant>(OpLane0))
1265           ReorderingModes[OpIdx] = ReorderingMode::Constant;
1266         else if (isa<Argument>(OpLane0))
1267           // Our best hope is a Splat. It may save some cost in some cases.
1268           ReorderingModes[OpIdx] = ReorderingMode::Splat;
1269         else
1270           // NOTE: This should be unreachable.
1271           ReorderingModes[OpIdx] = ReorderingMode::Failed;
1272       }
1273 
1274       // If the initial strategy fails for any of the operand indexes, then we
1275       // perform reordering again in a second pass. This helps avoid assigning
1276       // high priority to the failed strategy, and should improve reordering for
1277       // the non-failed operand indexes.
1278       for (int Pass = 0; Pass != 2; ++Pass) {
1279         // Skip the second pass if the first pass did not fail.
1280         bool StrategyFailed = false;
1281         // Mark all operand data as free to use.
1282         clearUsed();
1283         // We keep the original operand order for the FirstLane, so reorder the
1284         // rest of the lanes. We are visiting the nodes in a circular fashion,
1285         // using FirstLane as the center point and increasing the radius
1286         // distance.
1287         for (unsigned Distance = 1; Distance != NumLanes; ++Distance) {
1288           // Visit the lane on the right and then the lane on the left.
1289           for (int Direction : {+1, -1}) {
1290             int Lane = FirstLane + Direction * Distance;
1291             if (Lane < 0 || Lane >= (int)NumLanes)
1292               continue;
1293             int LastLane = Lane - Direction;
1294             assert(LastLane >= 0 && LastLane < (int)NumLanes &&
1295                    "Out of bounds");
1296             // Look for a good match for each operand.
1297             for (unsigned OpIdx = 0; OpIdx != NumOperands; ++OpIdx) {
1298               // Search for the operand that matches SortedOps[OpIdx][Lane-1].
1299               Optional<unsigned> BestIdx =
1300                   getBestOperand(OpIdx, Lane, LastLane, ReorderingModes);
1301               // By not selecting a value, we allow the operands that follow to
1302               // select a better matching value. We will get a non-null value in
1303               // the next run of getBestOperand().
1304               if (BestIdx) {
1305                 // Swap the current operand with the one returned by
1306                 // getBestOperand().
1307                 swap(OpIdx, BestIdx.getValue(), Lane);
1308               } else {
1309                 // We failed to find a best operand, set mode to 'Failed'.
1310                 ReorderingModes[OpIdx] = ReorderingMode::Failed;
1311                 // Enable the second pass.
1312                 StrategyFailed = true;
1313               }
1314             }
1315           }
1316         }
1317         // Skip second pass if the strategy did not fail.
1318         if (!StrategyFailed)
1319           break;
1320       }
1321     }
1322 
1323 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
1324     LLVM_DUMP_METHOD static StringRef getModeStr(ReorderingMode RMode) {
1325       switch (RMode) {
1326       case ReorderingMode::Load:
1327         return "Load";
1328       case ReorderingMode::Opcode:
1329         return "Opcode";
1330       case ReorderingMode::Constant:
1331         return "Constant";
1332       case ReorderingMode::Splat:
1333         return "Splat";
1334       case ReorderingMode::Failed:
1335         return "Failed";
1336       }
1337       llvm_unreachable("Unimplemented Reordering Type");
1338     }
1339 
1340     LLVM_DUMP_METHOD static raw_ostream &printMode(ReorderingMode RMode,
1341                                                    raw_ostream &OS) {
1342       return OS << getModeStr(RMode);
1343     }
1344 
1345     /// Debug print.
1346     LLVM_DUMP_METHOD static void dumpMode(ReorderingMode RMode) {
1347       printMode(RMode, dbgs());
1348     }
1349 
1350     friend raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &OS, ReorderingMode RMode) {
1351       return printMode(RMode, OS);
1352     }
1353 
1354     LLVM_DUMP_METHOD raw_ostream &print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
1355       const unsigned Indent = 2;
1356       unsigned Cnt = 0;
1357       for (const OperandDataVec &OpDataVec : OpsVec) {
1358         OS << "Operand " << Cnt++ << "\n";
1359         for (const OperandData &OpData : OpDataVec) {
1360           OS.indent(Indent) << "{";
1361           if (Value *V = OpData.V)
1362             OS << *V;
1363           else
1364             OS << "null";
1365           OS << ", APO:" << OpData.APO << "}\n";
1366         }
1367         OS << "\n";
1368       }
1369       return OS;
1370     }
1371 
1372     /// Debug print.
1373     LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void dump() const { print(dbgs()); }
1374 #endif
1375   };
1376 
1377   /// Checks if the instruction is marked for deletion.
1378   bool isDeleted(Instruction *I) const { return DeletedInstructions.count(I); }
1379 
1380   /// Marks values operands for later deletion by replacing them with Undefs.
1381   void eraseInstructions(ArrayRef<Value *> AV);
1382 
1383   ~BoUpSLP();
1384 
1385 private:
1386   /// Checks if all users of \p I are the part of the vectorization tree.
1387   bool areAllUsersVectorized(Instruction *I) const;
1388 
1389   /// \returns the cost of the vectorizable entry.
1390   int getEntryCost(TreeEntry *E);
1391 
1392   /// This is the recursive part of buildTree.
1393   void buildTree_rec(ArrayRef<Value *> Roots, unsigned Depth,
1394                      const EdgeInfo &EI);
1395 
1396   /// \returns true if the ExtractElement/ExtractValue instructions in \p VL can
1397   /// be vectorized to use the original vector (or aggregate "bitcast" to a
1398   /// vector) and sets \p CurrentOrder to the identity permutation; otherwise
1399   /// returns false, setting \p CurrentOrder to either an empty vector or a
1400   /// non-identity permutation that allows to reuse extract instructions.
1401   bool canReuseExtract(ArrayRef<Value *> VL, Value *OpValue,
1402                        SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &CurrentOrder) const;
1403 
1404   /// Vectorize a single entry in the tree.
1405   Value *vectorizeTree(TreeEntry *E);
1406 
1407   /// Vectorize a single entry in the tree, starting in \p VL.
1408   Value *vectorizeTree(ArrayRef<Value *> VL);
1409 
1410   /// \returns the scalarization cost for this type. Scalarization in this
1411   /// context means the creation of vectors from a group of scalars.
1412   int getGatherCost(VectorType *Ty,
1413                     const DenseSet<unsigned> &ShuffledIndices) const;
1414 
1415   /// \returns the scalarization cost for this list of values. Assuming that
1416   /// this subtree gets vectorized, we may need to extract the values from the
1417   /// roots. This method calculates the cost of extracting the values.
1418   int getGatherCost(ArrayRef<Value *> VL) const;
1419 
1420   /// Set the Builder insert point to one after the last instruction in
1421   /// the bundle
1422   void setInsertPointAfterBundle(TreeEntry *E);
1423 
1424   /// \returns a vector from a collection of scalars in \p VL.
1425   Value *Gather(ArrayRef<Value *> VL, VectorType *Ty);
1426 
1427   /// \returns whether the VectorizableTree is fully vectorizable and will
1428   /// be beneficial even the tree height is tiny.
1429   bool isFullyVectorizableTinyTree() const;
1430 
1431   /// Reorder commutative or alt operands to get better probability of
1432   /// generating vectorized code.
1433   static void reorderInputsAccordingToOpcode(ArrayRef<Value *> VL,
1434                                              SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Left,
1435                                              SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Right,
1436                                              const DataLayout &DL,
1437                                              ScalarEvolution &SE,
1438                                              const BoUpSLP &R);
1439   struct TreeEntry {
1440     using VecTreeTy = SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<TreeEntry>, 8>;
1441     TreeEntry(VecTreeTy &Container) : Container(Container) {}
1442 
1443     /// \returns true if the scalars in VL are equal to this entry.
1444     bool isSame(ArrayRef<Value *> VL) const {
1445       if (VL.size() == Scalars.size())
1446         return std::equal(VL.begin(), VL.end(), Scalars.begin());
1447       return VL.size() == ReuseShuffleIndices.size() &&
1448              std::equal(
1449                  VL.begin(), VL.end(), ReuseShuffleIndices.begin(),
1450                  [this](Value *V, int Idx) { return V == Scalars[Idx]; });
1451     }
1452 
1453     /// A vector of scalars.
1454     ValueList Scalars;
1455 
1456     /// The Scalars are vectorized into this value. It is initialized to Null.
1457     Value *VectorizedValue = nullptr;
1458 
1459     /// Do we need to gather this sequence ?
1460     enum EntryState { Vectorize, NeedToGather };
1461     EntryState State;
1462 
1463     /// Does this sequence require some shuffling?
1464     SmallVector<int, 4> ReuseShuffleIndices;
1465 
1466     /// Does this entry require reordering?
1467     ArrayRef<unsigned> ReorderIndices;
1468 
1469     /// Points back to the VectorizableTree.
1470     ///
1471     /// Only used for Graphviz right now.  Unfortunately GraphTrait::NodeRef has
1472     /// to be a pointer and needs to be able to initialize the child iterator.
1473     /// Thus we need a reference back to the container to translate the indices
1474     /// to entries.
1475     VecTreeTy &Container;
1476 
1477     /// The TreeEntry index containing the user of this entry.  We can actually
1478     /// have multiple users so the data structure is not truly a tree.
1479     SmallVector<EdgeInfo, 1> UserTreeIndices;
1480 
1481     /// The index of this treeEntry in VectorizableTree.
1482     int Idx = -1;
1483 
1484   private:
1485     /// The operands of each instruction in each lane Operands[op_index][lane].
1486     /// Note: This helps avoid the replication of the code that performs the
1487     /// reordering of operands during buildTree_rec() and vectorizeTree().
1488     SmallVector<ValueList, 2> Operands;
1489 
1490     /// The main/alternate instruction.
1491     Instruction *MainOp = nullptr;
1492     Instruction *AltOp = nullptr;
1493 
1494   public:
1495     /// Set this bundle's \p OpIdx'th operand to \p OpVL.
1496     void setOperand(unsigned OpIdx, ArrayRef<Value *> OpVL) {
1497       if (Operands.size() < OpIdx + 1)
1498         Operands.resize(OpIdx + 1);
1499       assert(Operands[OpIdx].size() == 0 && "Already resized?");
1500       Operands[OpIdx].resize(Scalars.size());
1501       for (unsigned Lane = 0, E = Scalars.size(); Lane != E; ++Lane)
1502         Operands[OpIdx][Lane] = OpVL[Lane];
1503     }
1504 
1505     /// Set the operands of this bundle in their original order.
1506     void setOperandsInOrder() {
1507       assert(Operands.empty() && "Already initialized?");
1508       auto *I0 = cast<Instruction>(Scalars[0]);
1509       Operands.resize(I0->getNumOperands());
1510       unsigned NumLanes = Scalars.size();
1511       for (unsigned OpIdx = 0, NumOperands = I0->getNumOperands();
1512            OpIdx != NumOperands; ++OpIdx) {
1513         Operands[OpIdx].resize(NumLanes);
1514         for (unsigned Lane = 0; Lane != NumLanes; ++Lane) {
1515           auto *I = cast<Instruction>(Scalars[Lane]);
1516           assert(I->getNumOperands() == NumOperands &&
1517                  "Expected same number of operands");
1518           Operands[OpIdx][Lane] = I->getOperand(OpIdx);
1519         }
1520       }
1521     }
1522 
1523     /// \returns the \p OpIdx operand of this TreeEntry.
1524     ValueList &getOperand(unsigned OpIdx) {
1525       assert(OpIdx < Operands.size() && "Off bounds");
1526       return Operands[OpIdx];
1527     }
1528 
1529     /// \returns the number of operands.
1530     unsigned getNumOperands() const { return Operands.size(); }
1531 
1532     /// \return the single \p OpIdx operand.
1533     Value *getSingleOperand(unsigned OpIdx) const {
1534       assert(OpIdx < Operands.size() && "Off bounds");
1535       assert(!Operands[OpIdx].empty() && "No operand available");
1536       return Operands[OpIdx][0];
1537     }
1538 
1539     /// Some of the instructions in the list have alternate opcodes.
1540     bool isAltShuffle() const {
1541       return getOpcode() != getAltOpcode();
1542     }
1543 
1544     bool isOpcodeOrAlt(Instruction *I) const {
1545       unsigned CheckedOpcode = I->getOpcode();
1546       return (getOpcode() == CheckedOpcode ||
1547               getAltOpcode() == CheckedOpcode);
1548     }
1549 
1550     /// Chooses the correct key for scheduling data. If \p Op has the same (or
1551     /// alternate) opcode as \p OpValue, the key is \p Op. Otherwise the key is
1552     /// \p OpValue.
1553     Value *isOneOf(Value *Op) const {
1554       auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op);
1555       if (I && isOpcodeOrAlt(I))
1556         return Op;
1557       return MainOp;
1558     }
1559 
1560     void setOperations(const InstructionsState &S) {
1561       MainOp = S.MainOp;
1562       AltOp = S.AltOp;
1563     }
1564 
1565     Instruction *getMainOp() const {
1566       return MainOp;
1567     }
1568 
1569     Instruction *getAltOp() const {
1570       return AltOp;
1571     }
1572 
1573     /// The main/alternate opcodes for the list of instructions.
1574     unsigned getOpcode() const {
1575       return MainOp ? MainOp->getOpcode() : 0;
1576     }
1577 
1578     unsigned getAltOpcode() const {
1579       return AltOp ? AltOp->getOpcode() : 0;
1580     }
1581 
1582     /// Update operations state of this entry if reorder occurred.
1583     bool updateStateIfReorder() {
1584       if (ReorderIndices.empty())
1585         return false;
1586       InstructionsState S = getSameOpcode(Scalars, ReorderIndices.front());
1587       setOperations(S);
1588       return true;
1589     }
1590 
1591 #ifndef NDEBUG
1592     /// Debug printer.
1593     LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void dump() const {
1594       dbgs() << Idx << ".\n";
1595       for (unsigned OpI = 0, OpE = Operands.size(); OpI != OpE; ++OpI) {
1596         dbgs() << "Operand " << OpI << ":\n";
1597         for (const Value *V : Operands[OpI])
1598           dbgs().indent(2) << *V << "\n";
1599       }
1600       dbgs() << "Scalars: \n";
1601       for (Value *V : Scalars)
1602         dbgs().indent(2) << *V << "\n";
1603       dbgs() << "State: ";
1604       switch (State) {
1605       case Vectorize:
1606         dbgs() << "Vectorize\n";
1607         break;
1608       case NeedToGather:
1609         dbgs() << "NeedToGather\n";
1610         break;
1611       }
1612       dbgs() << "MainOp: ";
1613       if (MainOp)
1614         dbgs() << *MainOp << "\n";
1615       else
1616         dbgs() << "NULL\n";
1617       dbgs() << "AltOp: ";
1618       if (AltOp)
1619         dbgs() << *AltOp << "\n";
1620       else
1621         dbgs() << "NULL\n";
1622       dbgs() << "VectorizedValue: ";
1623       if (VectorizedValue)
1624         dbgs() << *VectorizedValue << "\n";
1625       else
1626         dbgs() << "NULL\n";
1627       dbgs() << "ReuseShuffleIndices: ";
1628       if (ReuseShuffleIndices.empty())
1629         dbgs() << "Emtpy";
1630       else
1631         for (unsigned ReuseIdx : ReuseShuffleIndices)
1632           dbgs() << ReuseIdx << ", ";
1633       dbgs() << "\n";
1634       dbgs() << "ReorderIndices: ";
1635       for (unsigned ReorderIdx : ReorderIndices)
1636         dbgs() << ReorderIdx << ", ";
1637       dbgs() << "\n";
1638       dbgs() << "UserTreeIndices: ";
1639       for (const auto &EInfo : UserTreeIndices)
1640         dbgs() << EInfo << ", ";
1641       dbgs() << "\n";
1642     }
1643 #endif
1644   };
1645 
1646   /// Create a new VectorizableTree entry.
1647   TreeEntry *newTreeEntry(ArrayRef<Value *> VL, Optional<ScheduleData *> Bundle,
1648                           const InstructionsState &S,
1649                           const EdgeInfo &UserTreeIdx,
1650                           ArrayRef<unsigned> ReuseShuffleIndices = None,
1651                           ArrayRef<unsigned> ReorderIndices = None) {
1652     bool Vectorized = (bool)Bundle;
1653     VectorizableTree.push_back(std::make_unique<TreeEntry>(VectorizableTree));
1654     TreeEntry *Last = VectorizableTree.back().get();
1655     Last->Idx = VectorizableTree.size() - 1;
1656     Last->Scalars.insert(Last->Scalars.begin(), VL.begin(), VL.end());
1657     Last->State = Vectorized ? TreeEntry::Vectorize : TreeEntry::NeedToGather;
1658     Last->ReuseShuffleIndices.append(ReuseShuffleIndices.begin(),
1659                                      ReuseShuffleIndices.end());
1660     Last->ReorderIndices = ReorderIndices;
1661     Last->setOperations(S);
1662     if (Vectorized) {
1663       for (int i = 0, e = VL.size(); i != e; ++i) {
1664         assert(!getTreeEntry(VL[i]) && "Scalar already in tree!");
1665         ScalarToTreeEntry[VL[i]] = Last;
1666       }
1667       // Update the scheduler bundle to point to this TreeEntry.
1668       unsigned Lane = 0;
1669       for (ScheduleData *BundleMember = Bundle.getValue(); BundleMember;
1670            BundleMember = BundleMember->NextInBundle) {
1671         BundleMember->TE = Last;
1672         BundleMember->Lane = Lane;
1673         ++Lane;
1674       }
1675       assert((!Bundle.getValue() || Lane == VL.size()) &&
1676              "Bundle and VL out of sync");
1677     } else {
1678       MustGather.insert(VL.begin(), VL.end());
1679     }
1680 
1681     if (UserTreeIdx.UserTE)
1682       Last->UserTreeIndices.push_back(UserTreeIdx);
1683 
1684     return Last;
1685   }
1686 
1687   /// -- Vectorization State --
1688   /// Holds all of the tree entries.
1689   TreeEntry::VecTreeTy VectorizableTree;
1690 
1691 #ifndef NDEBUG
1692   /// Debug printer.
1693   LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void dumpVectorizableTree() const {
1694     for (unsigned Id = 0, IdE = VectorizableTree.size(); Id != IdE; ++Id) {
1695       VectorizableTree[Id]->dump();
1696       dbgs() << "\n";
1697     }
1698   }
1699 #endif
1700 
1701   TreeEntry *getTreeEntry(Value *V) {
1702     auto I = ScalarToTreeEntry.find(V);
1703     if (I != ScalarToTreeEntry.end())
1704       return I->second;
1705     return nullptr;
1706   }
1707 
1708   const TreeEntry *getTreeEntry(Value *V) const {
1709     auto I = ScalarToTreeEntry.find(V);
1710     if (I != ScalarToTreeEntry.end())
1711       return I->second;
1712     return nullptr;
1713   }
1714 
1715   /// Maps a specific scalar to its tree entry.
1716   SmallDenseMap<Value*, TreeEntry *> ScalarToTreeEntry;
1717 
1718   /// Maps a value to the proposed vectorizable size.
1719   SmallDenseMap<Value *, unsigned> InstrElementSize;
1720 
1721   /// A list of scalars that we found that we need to keep as scalars.
1722   ValueSet MustGather;
1723 
1724   /// This POD struct describes one external user in the vectorized tree.
1725   struct ExternalUser {
1726     ExternalUser(Value *S, llvm::User *U, int L)
1727         : Scalar(S), User(U), Lane(L) {}
1728 
1729     // Which scalar in our function.
1730     Value *Scalar;
1731 
1732     // Which user that uses the scalar.
1733     llvm::User *User;
1734 
1735     // Which lane does the scalar belong to.
1736     int Lane;
1737   };
1738   using UserList = SmallVector<ExternalUser, 16>;
1739 
1740   /// Checks if two instructions may access the same memory.
1741   ///
1742   /// \p Loc1 is the location of \p Inst1. It is passed explicitly because it
1743   /// is invariant in the calling loop.
1744   bool isAliased(const MemoryLocation &Loc1, Instruction *Inst1,
1745                  Instruction *Inst2) {
1746     // First check if the result is already in the cache.
1747     AliasCacheKey key = std::make_pair(Inst1, Inst2);
1748     Optional<bool> &result = AliasCache[key];
1749     if (result.hasValue()) {
1750       return result.getValue();
1751     }
1752     MemoryLocation Loc2 = getLocation(Inst2, AA);
1753     bool aliased = true;
1754     if (Loc1.Ptr && Loc2.Ptr && isSimple(Inst1) && isSimple(Inst2)) {
1755       // Do the alias check.
1756       aliased = AA->alias(Loc1, Loc2);
1757     }
1758     // Store the result in the cache.
1759     result = aliased;
1760     return aliased;
1761   }
1762 
1763   using AliasCacheKey = std::pair<Instruction *, Instruction *>;
1764 
1765   /// Cache for alias results.
1766   /// TODO: consider moving this to the AliasAnalysis itself.
1767   DenseMap<AliasCacheKey, Optional<bool>> AliasCache;
1768 
1769   /// Removes an instruction from its block and eventually deletes it.
1770   /// It's like Instruction::eraseFromParent() except that the actual deletion
1771   /// is delayed until BoUpSLP is destructed.
1772   /// This is required to ensure that there are no incorrect collisions in the
1773   /// AliasCache, which can happen if a new instruction is allocated at the
1774   /// same address as a previously deleted instruction.
1775   void eraseInstruction(Instruction *I, bool ReplaceOpsWithUndef = false) {
1776     auto It = DeletedInstructions.try_emplace(I, ReplaceOpsWithUndef).first;
1777     It->getSecond() = It->getSecond() && ReplaceOpsWithUndef;
1778   }
1779 
1780   /// Temporary store for deleted instructions. Instructions will be deleted
1781   /// eventually when the BoUpSLP is destructed.
1782   DenseMap<Instruction *, bool> DeletedInstructions;
1783 
1784   /// A list of values that need to extracted out of the tree.
1785   /// This list holds pairs of (Internal Scalar : External User). External User
1786   /// can be nullptr, it means that this Internal Scalar will be used later,
1787   /// after vectorization.
1788   UserList ExternalUses;
1789 
1790   /// Values used only by @llvm.assume calls.
1791   SmallPtrSet<const Value *, 32> EphValues;
1792 
1793   /// Holds all of the instructions that we gathered.
1794   SetVector<Instruction *> GatherSeq;
1795 
1796   /// A list of blocks that we are going to CSE.
1797   SetVector<BasicBlock *> CSEBlocks;
1798 
1799   /// Contains all scheduling relevant data for an instruction.
1800   /// A ScheduleData either represents a single instruction or a member of an
1801   /// instruction bundle (= a group of instructions which is combined into a
1802   /// vector instruction).
1803   struct ScheduleData {
1804     // The initial value for the dependency counters. It means that the
1805     // dependencies are not calculated yet.
1806     enum { InvalidDeps = -1 };
1807 
1808     ScheduleData() = default;
1809 
1810     void init(int BlockSchedulingRegionID, Value *OpVal) {
1811       FirstInBundle = this;
1812       NextInBundle = nullptr;
1813       NextLoadStore = nullptr;
1814       IsScheduled = false;
1815       SchedulingRegionID = BlockSchedulingRegionID;
1816       UnscheduledDepsInBundle = UnscheduledDeps;
1817       clearDependencies();
1818       OpValue = OpVal;
1819       TE = nullptr;
1820       Lane = -1;
1821     }
1822 
1823     /// Returns true if the dependency information has been calculated.
1824     bool hasValidDependencies() const { return Dependencies != InvalidDeps; }
1825 
1826     /// Returns true for single instructions and for bundle representatives
1827     /// (= the head of a bundle).
1828     bool isSchedulingEntity() const { return FirstInBundle == this; }
1829 
1830     /// Returns true if it represents an instruction bundle and not only a
1831     /// single instruction.
1832     bool isPartOfBundle() const {
1833       return NextInBundle != nullptr || FirstInBundle != this;
1834     }
1835 
1836     /// Returns true if it is ready for scheduling, i.e. it has no more
1837     /// unscheduled depending instructions/bundles.
1838     bool isReady() const {
1839       assert(isSchedulingEntity() &&
1840              "can't consider non-scheduling entity for ready list");
1841       return UnscheduledDepsInBundle == 0 && !IsScheduled;
1842     }
1843 
1844     /// Modifies the number of unscheduled dependencies, also updating it for
1845     /// the whole bundle.
1846     int incrementUnscheduledDeps(int Incr) {
1847       UnscheduledDeps += Incr;
1848       return FirstInBundle->UnscheduledDepsInBundle += Incr;
1849     }
1850 
1851     /// Sets the number of unscheduled dependencies to the number of
1852     /// dependencies.
1853     void resetUnscheduledDeps() {
1854       incrementUnscheduledDeps(Dependencies - UnscheduledDeps);
1855     }
1856 
1857     /// Clears all dependency information.
1858     void clearDependencies() {
1859       Dependencies = InvalidDeps;
1860       resetUnscheduledDeps();
1861       MemoryDependencies.clear();
1862     }
1863 
1864     void dump(raw_ostream &os) const {
1865       if (!isSchedulingEntity()) {
1866         os << "/ " << *Inst;
1867       } else if (NextInBundle) {
1868         os << '[' << *Inst;
1869         ScheduleData *SD = NextInBundle;
1870         while (SD) {
1871           os << ';' << *SD->Inst;
1872           SD = SD->NextInBundle;
1873         }
1874         os << ']';
1875       } else {
1876         os << *Inst;
1877       }
1878     }
1879 
1880     Instruction *Inst = nullptr;
1881 
1882     /// Points to the head in an instruction bundle (and always to this for
1883     /// single instructions).
1884     ScheduleData *FirstInBundle = nullptr;
1885 
1886     /// Single linked list of all instructions in a bundle. Null if it is a
1887     /// single instruction.
1888     ScheduleData *NextInBundle = nullptr;
1889 
1890     /// Single linked list of all memory instructions (e.g. load, store, call)
1891     /// in the block - until the end of the scheduling region.
1892     ScheduleData *NextLoadStore = nullptr;
1893 
1894     /// The dependent memory instructions.
1895     /// This list is derived on demand in calculateDependencies().
1896     SmallVector<ScheduleData *, 4> MemoryDependencies;
1897 
1898     /// This ScheduleData is in the current scheduling region if this matches
1899     /// the current SchedulingRegionID of BlockScheduling.
1900     int SchedulingRegionID = 0;
1901 
1902     /// Used for getting a "good" final ordering of instructions.
1903     int SchedulingPriority = 0;
1904 
1905     /// The number of dependencies. Constitutes of the number of users of the
1906     /// instruction plus the number of dependent memory instructions (if any).
1907     /// This value is calculated on demand.
1908     /// If InvalidDeps, the number of dependencies is not calculated yet.
1909     int Dependencies = InvalidDeps;
1910 
1911     /// The number of dependencies minus the number of dependencies of scheduled
1912     /// instructions. As soon as this is zero, the instruction/bundle gets ready
1913     /// for scheduling.
1914     /// Note that this is negative as long as Dependencies is not calculated.
1915     int UnscheduledDeps = InvalidDeps;
1916 
1917     /// The sum of UnscheduledDeps in a bundle. Equals to UnscheduledDeps for
1918     /// single instructions.
1919     int UnscheduledDepsInBundle = InvalidDeps;
1920 
1921     /// True if this instruction is scheduled (or considered as scheduled in the
1922     /// dry-run).
1923     bool IsScheduled = false;
1924 
1925     /// Opcode of the current instruction in the schedule data.
1926     Value *OpValue = nullptr;
1927 
1928     /// The TreeEntry that this instruction corresponds to.
1929     TreeEntry *TE = nullptr;
1930 
1931     /// The lane of this node in the TreeEntry.
1932     int Lane = -1;
1933   };
1934 
1935 #ifndef NDEBUG
1936   friend inline raw_ostream &operator<<(raw_ostream &os,
1937                                         const BoUpSLP::ScheduleData &SD) {
1938     SD.dump(os);
1939     return os;
1940   }
1941 #endif
1942 
1943   friend struct GraphTraits<BoUpSLP *>;
1944   friend struct DOTGraphTraits<BoUpSLP *>;
1945 
1946   /// Contains all scheduling data for a basic block.
1947   struct BlockScheduling {
1948     BlockScheduling(BasicBlock *BB)
1949         : BB(BB), ChunkSize(BB->size()), ChunkPos(ChunkSize) {}
1950 
1951     void clear() {
1952       ReadyInsts.clear();
1953       ScheduleStart = nullptr;
1954       ScheduleEnd = nullptr;
1955       FirstLoadStoreInRegion = nullptr;
1956       LastLoadStoreInRegion = nullptr;
1957 
1958       // Reduce the maximum schedule region size by the size of the
1959       // previous scheduling run.
1960       ScheduleRegionSizeLimit -= ScheduleRegionSize;
1961       if (ScheduleRegionSizeLimit < MinScheduleRegionSize)
1962         ScheduleRegionSizeLimit = MinScheduleRegionSize;
1963       ScheduleRegionSize = 0;
1964 
1965       // Make a new scheduling region, i.e. all existing ScheduleData is not
1966       // in the new region yet.
1967       ++SchedulingRegionID;
1968     }
1969 
1970     ScheduleData *getScheduleData(Value *V) {
1971       ScheduleData *SD = ScheduleDataMap[V];
1972       if (SD && SD->SchedulingRegionID == SchedulingRegionID)
1973         return SD;
1974       return nullptr;
1975     }
1976 
1977     ScheduleData *getScheduleData(Value *V, Value *Key) {
1978       if (V == Key)
1979         return getScheduleData(V);
1980       auto I = ExtraScheduleDataMap.find(V);
1981       if (I != ExtraScheduleDataMap.end()) {
1982         ScheduleData *SD = I->second[Key];
1983         if (SD && SD->SchedulingRegionID == SchedulingRegionID)
1984           return SD;
1985       }
1986       return nullptr;
1987     }
1988 
1989     bool isInSchedulingRegion(ScheduleData *SD) const {
1990       return SD->SchedulingRegionID == SchedulingRegionID;
1991     }
1992 
1993     /// Marks an instruction as scheduled and puts all dependent ready
1994     /// instructions into the ready-list.
1995     template <typename ReadyListType>
1996     void schedule(ScheduleData *SD, ReadyListType &ReadyList) {
1997       SD->IsScheduled = true;
1998       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP:   schedule " << *SD << "\n");
1999 
2000       ScheduleData *BundleMember = SD;
2001       while (BundleMember) {
2002         if (BundleMember->Inst != BundleMember->OpValue) {
2003           BundleMember = BundleMember->NextInBundle;
2004           continue;
2005         }
2006         // Handle the def-use chain dependencies.
2007 
2008         // Decrement the unscheduled counter and insert to ready list if ready.
2009         auto &&DecrUnsched = [this, &ReadyList](Instruction *I) {
2010           doForAllOpcodes(I, [&ReadyList](ScheduleData *OpDef) {
2011             if (OpDef && OpDef->hasValidDependencies() &&
2012                 OpDef->incrementUnscheduledDeps(-1) == 0) {
2013               // There are no more unscheduled dependencies after
2014               // decrementing, so we can put the dependent instruction
2015               // into the ready list.
2016               ScheduleData *DepBundle = OpDef->FirstInBundle;
2017               assert(!DepBundle->IsScheduled &&
2018                      "already scheduled bundle gets ready");
2019               ReadyList.insert(DepBundle);
2020               LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs()
2021                          << "SLP:    gets ready (def): " << *DepBundle << "\n");
2022             }
2023           });
2024         };
2025 
2026         // If BundleMember is a vector bundle, its operands may have been
2027         // reordered duiring buildTree(). We therefore need to get its operands
2028         // through the TreeEntry.
2029         if (TreeEntry *TE = BundleMember->TE) {
2030           int Lane = BundleMember->Lane;
2031           assert(Lane >= 0 && "Lane not set");
2032 
2033           // Since vectorization tree is being built recursively this assertion
2034           // ensures that the tree entry has all operands set before reaching
2035           // this code. Couple of exceptions known at the moment are extracts
2036           // where their second (immediate) operand is not added. Since
2037           // immediates do not affect scheduler behavior this is considered
2038           // okay.
2039           auto *In = TE->getMainOp();
2040           assert(In &&
2041                  (isa<ExtractValueInst>(In) || isa<ExtractElementInst>(In) ||
2042                   In->getNumOperands() == TE->getNumOperands()) &&
2043                  "Missed TreeEntry operands?");
2044           (void)In; // fake use to avoid build failure when assertions disabled
2045 
2046           for (unsigned OpIdx = 0, NumOperands = TE->getNumOperands();
2047                OpIdx != NumOperands; ++OpIdx)
2048             if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TE->getOperand(OpIdx)[Lane]))
2049               DecrUnsched(I);
2050         } else {
2051           // If BundleMember is a stand-alone instruction, no operand reordering
2052           // has taken place, so we directly access its operands.
2053           for (Use &U : BundleMember->Inst->operands())
2054             if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U.get()))
2055               DecrUnsched(I);
2056         }
2057         // Handle the memory dependencies.
2058         for (ScheduleData *MemoryDepSD : BundleMember->MemoryDependencies) {
2059           if (MemoryDepSD->incrementUnscheduledDeps(-1) == 0) {
2060             // There are no more unscheduled dependencies after decrementing,
2061             // so we can put the dependent instruction into the ready list.
2062             ScheduleData *DepBundle = MemoryDepSD->FirstInBundle;
2063             assert(!DepBundle->IsScheduled &&
2064                    "already scheduled bundle gets ready");
2065             ReadyList.insert(DepBundle);
2066             LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs()
2067                        << "SLP:    gets ready (mem): " << *DepBundle << "\n");
2068           }
2069         }
2070         BundleMember = BundleMember->NextInBundle;
2071       }
2072     }
2073 
2074     void doForAllOpcodes(Value *V,
2075                          function_ref<void(ScheduleData *SD)> Action) {
2076       if (ScheduleData *SD = getScheduleData(V))
2077         Action(SD);
2078       auto I = ExtraScheduleDataMap.find(V);
2079       if (I != ExtraScheduleDataMap.end())
2080         for (auto &P : I->second)
2081           if (P.second->SchedulingRegionID == SchedulingRegionID)
2082             Action(P.second);
2083     }
2084 
2085     /// Put all instructions into the ReadyList which are ready for scheduling.
2086     template <typename ReadyListType>
2087     void initialFillReadyList(ReadyListType &ReadyList) {
2088       for (auto *I = ScheduleStart; I != ScheduleEnd; I = I->getNextNode()) {
2089         doForAllOpcodes(I, [&](ScheduleData *SD) {
2090           if (SD->isSchedulingEntity() && SD->isReady()) {
2091             ReadyList.insert(SD);
2092             LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs()
2093                        << "SLP:    initially in ready list: " << *I << "\n");
2094           }
2095         });
2096       }
2097     }
2098 
2099     /// Checks if a bundle of instructions can be scheduled, i.e. has no
2100     /// cyclic dependencies. This is only a dry-run, no instructions are
2101     /// actually moved at this stage.
2102     /// \returns the scheduling bundle. The returned Optional value is non-None
2103     /// if \p VL is allowed to be scheduled.
2104     Optional<ScheduleData *>
2105     tryScheduleBundle(ArrayRef<Value *> VL, BoUpSLP *SLP,
2106                       const InstructionsState &S);
2107 
2108     /// Un-bundles a group of instructions.
2109     void cancelScheduling(ArrayRef<Value *> VL, Value *OpValue);
2110 
2111     /// Allocates schedule data chunk.
2112     ScheduleData *allocateScheduleDataChunks();
2113 
2114     /// Extends the scheduling region so that V is inside the region.
2115     /// \returns true if the region size is within the limit.
2116     bool extendSchedulingRegion(Value *V, const InstructionsState &S);
2117 
2118     /// Initialize the ScheduleData structures for new instructions in the
2119     /// scheduling region.
2120     void initScheduleData(Instruction *FromI, Instruction *ToI,
2121                           ScheduleData *PrevLoadStore,
2122                           ScheduleData *NextLoadStore);
2123 
2124     /// Updates the dependency information of a bundle and of all instructions/
2125     /// bundles which depend on the original bundle.
2126     void calculateDependencies(ScheduleData *SD, bool InsertInReadyList,
2127                                BoUpSLP *SLP);
2128 
2129     /// Sets all instruction in the scheduling region to un-scheduled.
2130     void resetSchedule();
2131 
2132     BasicBlock *BB;
2133 
2134     /// Simple memory allocation for ScheduleData.
2135     std::vector<std::unique_ptr<ScheduleData[]>> ScheduleDataChunks;
2136 
2137     /// The size of a ScheduleData array in ScheduleDataChunks.
2138     int ChunkSize;
2139 
2140     /// The allocator position in the current chunk, which is the last entry
2141     /// of ScheduleDataChunks.
2142     int ChunkPos;
2143 
2144     /// Attaches ScheduleData to Instruction.
2145     /// Note that the mapping survives during all vectorization iterations, i.e.
2146     /// ScheduleData structures are recycled.
2147     DenseMap<Value *, ScheduleData *> ScheduleDataMap;
2148 
2149     /// Attaches ScheduleData to Instruction with the leading key.
2150     DenseMap<Value *, SmallDenseMap<Value *, ScheduleData *>>
2151         ExtraScheduleDataMap;
2152 
2153     struct ReadyList : SmallVector<ScheduleData *, 8> {
2154       void insert(ScheduleData *SD) { push_back(SD); }
2155     };
2156 
2157     /// The ready-list for scheduling (only used for the dry-run).
2158     ReadyList ReadyInsts;
2159 
2160     /// The first instruction of the scheduling region.
2161     Instruction *ScheduleStart = nullptr;
2162 
2163     /// The first instruction _after_ the scheduling region.
2164     Instruction *ScheduleEnd = nullptr;
2165 
2166     /// The first memory accessing instruction in the scheduling region
2167     /// (can be null).
2168     ScheduleData *FirstLoadStoreInRegion = nullptr;
2169 
2170     /// The last memory accessing instruction in the scheduling region
2171     /// (can be null).
2172     ScheduleData *LastLoadStoreInRegion = nullptr;
2173 
2174     /// The current size of the scheduling region.
2175     int ScheduleRegionSize = 0;
2176 
2177     /// The maximum size allowed for the scheduling region.
2178     int ScheduleRegionSizeLimit = ScheduleRegionSizeBudget;
2179 
2180     /// The ID of the scheduling region. For a new vectorization iteration this
2181     /// is incremented which "removes" all ScheduleData from the region.
2182     // Make sure that the initial SchedulingRegionID is greater than the
2183     // initial SchedulingRegionID in ScheduleData (which is 0).
2184     int SchedulingRegionID = 1;
2185   };
2186 
2187   /// Attaches the BlockScheduling structures to basic blocks.
2188   MapVector<BasicBlock *, std::unique_ptr<BlockScheduling>> BlocksSchedules;
2189 
2190   /// Performs the "real" scheduling. Done before vectorization is actually
2191   /// performed in a basic block.
2192   void scheduleBlock(BlockScheduling *BS);
2193 
2194   /// List of users to ignore during scheduling and that don't need extracting.
2195   ArrayRef<Value *> UserIgnoreList;
2196 
2197   using OrdersType = SmallVector<unsigned, 4>;
2198   /// A DenseMapInfo implementation for holding DenseMaps and DenseSets of
2199   /// sorted SmallVectors of unsigned.
2200   struct OrdersTypeDenseMapInfo {
2201     static OrdersType getEmptyKey() {
2202       OrdersType V;
2203       V.push_back(~1U);
2204       return V;
2205     }
2206 
2207     static OrdersType getTombstoneKey() {
2208       OrdersType V;
2209       V.push_back(~2U);
2210       return V;
2211     }
2212 
2213     static unsigned getHashValue(const OrdersType &V) {
2214       return static_cast<unsigned>(hash_combine_range(V.begin(), V.end()));
2215     }
2216 
2217     static bool isEqual(const OrdersType &LHS, const OrdersType &RHS) {
2218       return LHS == RHS;
2219     }
2220   };
2221 
2222   /// Contains orders of operations along with the number of bundles that have
2223   /// operations in this order. It stores only those orders that require
2224   /// reordering, if reordering is not required it is counted using \a
2225   /// NumOpsWantToKeepOriginalOrder.
2226   DenseMap<OrdersType, unsigned, OrdersTypeDenseMapInfo> NumOpsWantToKeepOrder;
2227   /// Number of bundles that do not require reordering.
2228   unsigned NumOpsWantToKeepOriginalOrder = 0;
2229 
2230   // Analysis and block reference.
2231   Function *F;
2232   ScalarEvolution *SE;
2233   TargetTransformInfo *TTI;
2234   TargetLibraryInfo *TLI;
2235   AliasAnalysis *AA;
2236   LoopInfo *LI;
2237   DominatorTree *DT;
2238   AssumptionCache *AC;
2239   DemandedBits *DB;
2240   const DataLayout *DL;
2241   OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE;
2242 
2243   unsigned MaxVecRegSize; // This is set by TTI or overridden by cl::opt.
2244   unsigned MinVecRegSize; // Set by cl::opt (default: 128).
2245 
2246   /// Instruction builder to construct the vectorized tree.
2247   IRBuilder<> Builder;
2248 
2249   /// A map of scalar integer values to the smallest bit width with which they
2250   /// can legally be represented. The values map to (width, signed) pairs,
2251   /// where "width" indicates the minimum bit width and "signed" is True if the
2252   /// value must be signed-extended, rather than zero-extended, back to its
2253   /// original width.
2254   MapVector<Value *, std::pair<uint64_t, bool>> MinBWs;
2255 };
2256 
2257 } // end namespace slpvectorizer
2258 
2259 template <> struct GraphTraits<BoUpSLP *> {
2260   using TreeEntry = BoUpSLP::TreeEntry;
2261 
2262   /// NodeRef has to be a pointer per the GraphWriter.
2263   using NodeRef = TreeEntry *;
2264 
2265   using ContainerTy = BoUpSLP::TreeEntry::VecTreeTy;
2266 
2267   /// Add the VectorizableTree to the index iterator to be able to return
2268   /// TreeEntry pointers.
2269   struct ChildIteratorType
2270       : public iterator_adaptor_base<
2271             ChildIteratorType, SmallVector<BoUpSLP::EdgeInfo, 1>::iterator> {
2272     ContainerTy &VectorizableTree;
2273 
2274     ChildIteratorType(SmallVector<BoUpSLP::EdgeInfo, 1>::iterator W,
2275                       ContainerTy &VT)
2276         : ChildIteratorType::iterator_adaptor_base(W), VectorizableTree(VT) {}
2277 
2278     NodeRef operator*() { return I->UserTE; }
2279   };
2280 
2281   static NodeRef getEntryNode(BoUpSLP &R) {
2282     return R.VectorizableTree[0].get();
2283   }
2284 
2285   static ChildIteratorType child_begin(NodeRef N) {
2286     return {N->UserTreeIndices.begin(), N->Container};
2287   }
2288 
2289   static ChildIteratorType child_end(NodeRef N) {
2290     return {N->UserTreeIndices.end(), N->Container};
2291   }
2292 
2293   /// For the node iterator we just need to turn the TreeEntry iterator into a
2294   /// TreeEntry* iterator so that it dereferences to NodeRef.
2295   class nodes_iterator {
2296     using ItTy = ContainerTy::iterator;
2297     ItTy It;
2298 
2299   public:
2300     nodes_iterator(const ItTy &It2) : It(It2) {}
2301     NodeRef operator*() { return It->get(); }
2302     nodes_iterator operator++() {
2303       ++It;
2304       return *this;
2305     }
2306     bool operator!=(const nodes_iterator &N2) const { return N2.It != It; }
2307   };
2308 
2309   static nodes_iterator nodes_begin(BoUpSLP *R) {
2310     return nodes_iterator(R->VectorizableTree.begin());
2311   }
2312 
2313   static nodes_iterator nodes_end(BoUpSLP *R) {
2314     return nodes_iterator(R->VectorizableTree.end());
2315   }
2316 
2317   static unsigned size(BoUpSLP *R) { return R->VectorizableTree.size(); }
2318 };
2319 
2320 template <> struct DOTGraphTraits<BoUpSLP *> : public DefaultDOTGraphTraits {
2321   using TreeEntry = BoUpSLP::TreeEntry;
2322 
2323   DOTGraphTraits(bool isSimple = false) : DefaultDOTGraphTraits(isSimple) {}
2324 
2325   std::string getNodeLabel(const TreeEntry *Entry, const BoUpSLP *R) {
2326     std::string Str;
2327     raw_string_ostream OS(Str);
2328     if (isSplat(Entry->Scalars)) {
2329       OS << "<splat> " << *Entry->Scalars[0];
2330       return Str;
2331     }
2332     for (auto V : Entry->Scalars) {
2333       OS << *V;
2334       if (std::any_of(
2335               R->ExternalUses.begin(), R->ExternalUses.end(),
2336               [&](const BoUpSLP::ExternalUser &EU) { return EU.Scalar == V; }))
2337         OS << " <extract>";
2338       OS << "\n";
2339     }
2340     return Str;
2341   }
2342 
2343   static std::string getNodeAttributes(const TreeEntry *Entry,
2344                                        const BoUpSLP *) {
2345     if (Entry->State == TreeEntry::NeedToGather)
2346       return "color=red";
2347     return "";
2348   }
2349 };
2350 
2351 } // end namespace llvm
2352 
2353 BoUpSLP::~BoUpSLP() {
2354   for (const auto &Pair : DeletedInstructions) {
2355     // Replace operands of ignored instructions with Undefs in case if they were
2356     // marked for deletion.
2357     if (Pair.getSecond()) {
2358       Value *Undef = UndefValue::get(Pair.getFirst()->getType());
2359       Pair.getFirst()->replaceAllUsesWith(Undef);
2360     }
2361     Pair.getFirst()->dropAllReferences();
2362   }
2363   for (const auto &Pair : DeletedInstructions) {
2364     assert(Pair.getFirst()->use_empty() &&
2365            "trying to erase instruction with users.");
2366     Pair.getFirst()->eraseFromParent();
2367   }
2368 }
2369 
2370 void BoUpSLP::eraseInstructions(ArrayRef<Value *> AV) {
2371   for (auto *V : AV) {
2372     if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
2373       eraseInstruction(I, /*ReplaceWithUndef=*/true);
2374   };
2375 }
2376 
2377 void BoUpSLP::buildTree(ArrayRef<Value *> Roots,
2378                         ArrayRef<Value *> UserIgnoreLst) {
2379   ExtraValueToDebugLocsMap ExternallyUsedValues;
2380   buildTree(Roots, ExternallyUsedValues, UserIgnoreLst);
2381 }
2382 
2383 void BoUpSLP::buildTree(ArrayRef<Value *> Roots,
2384                         ExtraValueToDebugLocsMap &ExternallyUsedValues,
2385                         ArrayRef<Value *> UserIgnoreLst) {
2386   deleteTree();
2387   UserIgnoreList = UserIgnoreLst;
2388   if (!allSameType(Roots))
2389     return;
2390   buildTree_rec(Roots, 0, EdgeInfo());
2391 
2392   // Collect the values that we need to extract from the tree.
2393   for (auto &TEPtr : VectorizableTree) {
2394     TreeEntry *Entry = TEPtr.get();
2395 
2396     // No need to handle users of gathered values.
2397     if (Entry->State == TreeEntry::NeedToGather)
2398       continue;
2399 
2400     // For each lane:
2401     for (int Lane = 0, LE = Entry->Scalars.size(); Lane != LE; ++Lane) {
2402       Value *Scalar = Entry->Scalars[Lane];
2403       int FoundLane = Lane;
2404       if (!Entry->ReuseShuffleIndices.empty()) {
2405         FoundLane =
2406             std::distance(Entry->ReuseShuffleIndices.begin(),
2407                           llvm::find(Entry->ReuseShuffleIndices, FoundLane));
2408       }
2409 
2410       // Check if the scalar is externally used as an extra arg.
2411       auto ExtI = ExternallyUsedValues.find(Scalar);
2412       if (ExtI != ExternallyUsedValues.end()) {
2413         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Need to extract: Extra arg from lane "
2414                           << Lane << " from " << *Scalar << ".\n");
2415         ExternalUses.emplace_back(Scalar, nullptr, FoundLane);
2416       }
2417       for (User *U : Scalar->users()) {
2418         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Checking user:" << *U << ".\n");
2419 
2420         Instruction *UserInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U);
2421         if (!UserInst)
2422           continue;
2423 
2424         // Skip in-tree scalars that become vectors
2425         if (TreeEntry *UseEntry = getTreeEntry(U)) {
2426           Value *UseScalar = UseEntry->Scalars[0];
2427           // Some in-tree scalars will remain as scalar in vectorized
2428           // instructions. If that is the case, the one in Lane 0 will
2429           // be used.
2430           if (UseScalar != U ||
2431               !InTreeUserNeedToExtract(Scalar, UserInst, TLI)) {
2432             LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: \tInternal user will be removed:" << *U
2433                               << ".\n");
2434             assert(UseEntry->State != TreeEntry::NeedToGather && "Bad state");
2435             continue;
2436           }
2437         }
2438 
2439         // Ignore users in the user ignore list.
2440         if (is_contained(UserIgnoreList, UserInst))
2441           continue;
2442 
2443         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Need to extract:" << *U << " from lane "
2444                           << Lane << " from " << *Scalar << ".\n");
2445         ExternalUses.push_back(ExternalUser(Scalar, U, FoundLane));
2446       }
2447     }
2448   }
2449 }
2450 
2451 void BoUpSLP::buildTree_rec(ArrayRef<Value *> VL, unsigned Depth,
2452                             const EdgeInfo &UserTreeIdx) {
2453   assert((allConstant(VL) || allSameType(VL)) && "Invalid types!");
2454 
2455   InstructionsState S = getSameOpcode(VL);
2456   if (Depth == RecursionMaxDepth) {
2457     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Gathering due to max recursion depth.\n");
2458     newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx);
2459     return;
2460   }
2461 
2462   // Don't handle vectors.
2463   if (S.OpValue->getType()->isVectorTy()) {
2464     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Gathering due to vector type.\n");
2465     newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx);
2466     return;
2467   }
2468 
2469   if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(S.OpValue))
2470     if (SI->getValueOperand()->getType()->isVectorTy()) {
2471       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Gathering due to store vector type.\n");
2472       newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx);
2473       return;
2474     }
2475 
2476   // If all of the operands are identical or constant we have a simple solution.
2477   if (allConstant(VL) || isSplat(VL) || !allSameBlock(VL) || !S.getOpcode()) {
2478     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Gathering due to C,S,B,O. \n");
2479     newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx);
2480     return;
2481   }
2482 
2483   // We now know that this is a vector of instructions of the same type from
2484   // the same block.
2485 
2486   // Don't vectorize ephemeral values.
2487   for (Value *V : VL) {
2488     if (EphValues.count(V)) {
2489       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: The instruction (" << *V
2490                         << ") is ephemeral.\n");
2491       newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx);
2492       return;
2493     }
2494   }
2495 
2496   // Check if this is a duplicate of another entry.
2497   if (TreeEntry *E = getTreeEntry(S.OpValue)) {
2498     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: \tChecking bundle: " << *S.OpValue << ".\n");
2499     if (!E->isSame(VL)) {
2500       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Gathering due to partial overlap.\n");
2501       newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx);
2502       return;
2503     }
2504     // Record the reuse of the tree node.  FIXME, currently this is only used to
2505     // properly draw the graph rather than for the actual vectorization.
2506     E->UserTreeIndices.push_back(UserTreeIdx);
2507     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Perfect diamond merge at " << *S.OpValue
2508                       << ".\n");
2509     return;
2510   }
2511 
2512   // Check that none of the instructions in the bundle are already in the tree.
2513   for (Value *V : VL) {
2514     auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
2515     if (!I)
2516       continue;
2517     if (getTreeEntry(I)) {
2518       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: The instruction (" << *V
2519                         << ") is already in tree.\n");
2520       newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx);
2521       return;
2522     }
2523   }
2524 
2525   // If any of the scalars is marked as a value that needs to stay scalar, then
2526   // we need to gather the scalars.
2527   // The reduction nodes (stored in UserIgnoreList) also should stay scalar.
2528   for (Value *V : VL) {
2529     if (MustGather.count(V) || is_contained(UserIgnoreList, V)) {
2530       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Gathering due to gathered scalar.\n");
2531       newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx);
2532       return;
2533     }
2534   }
2535 
2536   // Check that all of the users of the scalars that we want to vectorize are
2537   // schedulable.
2538   auto *VL0 = cast<Instruction>(S.OpValue);
2539   BasicBlock *BB = VL0->getParent();
2540 
2541   if (!DT->isReachableFromEntry(BB)) {
2542     // Don't go into unreachable blocks. They may contain instructions with
2543     // dependency cycles which confuse the final scheduling.
2544     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: bundle in unreachable block.\n");
2545     newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx);
2546     return;
2547   }
2548 
2549   // Check that every instruction appears once in this bundle.
2550   SmallVector<unsigned, 4> ReuseShuffleIndicies;
2551   SmallVector<Value *, 4> UniqueValues;
2552   DenseMap<Value *, unsigned> UniquePositions;
2553   for (Value *V : VL) {
2554     auto Res = UniquePositions.try_emplace(V, UniqueValues.size());
2555     ReuseShuffleIndicies.emplace_back(Res.first->second);
2556     if (Res.second)
2557       UniqueValues.emplace_back(V);
2558   }
2559   size_t NumUniqueScalarValues = UniqueValues.size();
2560   if (NumUniqueScalarValues == VL.size()) {
2561     ReuseShuffleIndicies.clear();
2562   } else {
2563     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Shuffle for reused scalars.\n");
2564     if (NumUniqueScalarValues <= 1 ||
2565         !llvm::isPowerOf2_32(NumUniqueScalarValues)) {
2566       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Scalar used twice in bundle.\n");
2567       newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx);
2568       return;
2569     }
2570     VL = UniqueValues;
2571   }
2572 
2573   auto &BSRef = BlocksSchedules[BB];
2574   if (!BSRef)
2575     BSRef = std::make_unique<BlockScheduling>(BB);
2576 
2577   BlockScheduling &BS = *BSRef.get();
2578 
2579   Optional<ScheduleData *> Bundle = BS.tryScheduleBundle(VL, this, S);
2580   if (!Bundle) {
2581     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: We are not able to schedule this bundle!\n");
2582     assert((!BS.getScheduleData(VL0) ||
2583             !BS.getScheduleData(VL0)->isPartOfBundle()) &&
2584            "tryScheduleBundle should cancelScheduling on failure");
2585     newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
2586                  ReuseShuffleIndicies);
2587     return;
2588   }
2589   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: We are able to schedule this bundle.\n");
2590 
2591   unsigned ShuffleOrOp = S.isAltShuffle() ?
2592                 (unsigned) Instruction::ShuffleVector : S.getOpcode();
2593   switch (ShuffleOrOp) {
2594     case Instruction::PHI: {
2595       auto *PH = cast<PHINode>(VL0);
2596 
2597       // Check for terminator values (e.g. invoke).
2598       for (unsigned j = 0; j < VL.size(); ++j)
2599         for (unsigned i = 0, e = PH->getNumIncomingValues(); i < e; ++i) {
2600           Instruction *Term = dyn_cast<Instruction>(
2601               cast<PHINode>(VL[j])->getIncomingValueForBlock(
2602                   PH->getIncomingBlock(i)));
2603           if (Term && Term->isTerminator()) {
2604             LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs()
2605                        << "SLP: Need to swizzle PHINodes (terminator use).\n");
2606             BS.cancelScheduling(VL, VL0);
2607             newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
2608                          ReuseShuffleIndicies);
2609             return;
2610           }
2611         }
2612 
2613       TreeEntry *TE =
2614           newTreeEntry(VL, Bundle, S, UserTreeIdx, ReuseShuffleIndicies);
2615       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: added a vector of PHINodes.\n");
2616 
2617       // Keeps the reordered operands to avoid code duplication.
2618       SmallVector<ValueList, 2> OperandsVec;
2619       for (unsigned i = 0, e = PH->getNumIncomingValues(); i < e; ++i) {
2620         ValueList Operands;
2621         // Prepare the operand vector.
2622         for (Value *j : VL)
2623           Operands.push_back(cast<PHINode>(j)->getIncomingValueForBlock(
2624               PH->getIncomingBlock(i)));
2625         TE->setOperand(i, Operands);
2626         OperandsVec.push_back(Operands);
2627       }
2628       for (unsigned OpIdx = 0, OpE = OperandsVec.size(); OpIdx != OpE; ++OpIdx)
2629         buildTree_rec(OperandsVec[OpIdx], Depth + 1, {TE, OpIdx});
2630       return;
2631     }
2632     case Instruction::ExtractValue:
2633     case Instruction::ExtractElement: {
2634       OrdersType CurrentOrder;
2635       bool Reuse = canReuseExtract(VL, VL0, CurrentOrder);
2636       if (Reuse) {
2637         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Reusing or shuffling extract sequence.\n");
2638         ++NumOpsWantToKeepOriginalOrder;
2639         newTreeEntry(VL, Bundle /*vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
2640                      ReuseShuffleIndicies);
2641         // This is a special case, as it does not gather, but at the same time
2642         // we are not extending buildTree_rec() towards the operands.
2643         ValueList Op0;
2644         Op0.assign(VL.size(), VL0->getOperand(0));
2645         VectorizableTree.back()->setOperand(0, Op0);
2646         return;
2647       }
2648       if (!CurrentOrder.empty()) {
2649         LLVM_DEBUG({
2650           dbgs() << "SLP: Reusing or shuffling of reordered extract sequence "
2651                     "with order";
2652           for (unsigned Idx : CurrentOrder)
2653             dbgs() << " " << Idx;
2654           dbgs() << "\n";
2655         });
2656         // Insert new order with initial value 0, if it does not exist,
2657         // otherwise return the iterator to the existing one.
2658         auto StoredCurrentOrderAndNum =
2659             NumOpsWantToKeepOrder.try_emplace(CurrentOrder).first;
2660         ++StoredCurrentOrderAndNum->getSecond();
2661         newTreeEntry(VL, Bundle /*vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
2662                      ReuseShuffleIndicies,
2663                      StoredCurrentOrderAndNum->getFirst());
2664         // This is a special case, as it does not gather, but at the same time
2665         // we are not extending buildTree_rec() towards the operands.
2666         ValueList Op0;
2667         Op0.assign(VL.size(), VL0->getOperand(0));
2668         VectorizableTree.back()->setOperand(0, Op0);
2669         return;
2670       }
2671       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Gather extract sequence.\n");
2672       newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
2673                    ReuseShuffleIndicies);
2674       BS.cancelScheduling(VL, VL0);
2675       return;
2676     }
2677     case Instruction::Load: {
2678       // Check that a vectorized load would load the same memory as a scalar
2679       // load. For example, we don't want to vectorize loads that are smaller
2680       // than 8-bit. Even though we have a packed struct {<i2, i2, i2, i2>} LLVM
2681       // treats loading/storing it as an i8 struct. If we vectorize loads/stores
2682       // from such a struct, we read/write packed bits disagreeing with the
2683       // unvectorized version.
2684       Type *ScalarTy = VL0->getType();
2685 
2686       if (DL->getTypeSizeInBits(ScalarTy) !=
2687           DL->getTypeAllocSizeInBits(ScalarTy)) {
2688         BS.cancelScheduling(VL, VL0);
2689         newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
2690                      ReuseShuffleIndicies);
2691         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Gathering loads of non-packed type.\n");
2692         return;
2693       }
2694 
2695       // Make sure all loads in the bundle are simple - we can't vectorize
2696       // atomic or volatile loads.
2697       SmallVector<Value *, 4> PointerOps(VL.size());
2698       auto POIter = PointerOps.begin();
2699       for (Value *V : VL) {
2700         auto *L = cast<LoadInst>(V);
2701         if (!L->isSimple()) {
2702           BS.cancelScheduling(VL, VL0);
2703           newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
2704                        ReuseShuffleIndicies);
2705           LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Gathering non-simple loads.\n");
2706           return;
2707         }
2708         *POIter = L->getPointerOperand();
2709         ++POIter;
2710       }
2711 
2712       OrdersType CurrentOrder;
2713       // Check the order of pointer operands.
2714       if (llvm::sortPtrAccesses(PointerOps, *DL, *SE, CurrentOrder)) {
2715         Value *Ptr0;
2716         Value *PtrN;
2717         if (CurrentOrder.empty()) {
2718           Ptr0 = PointerOps.front();
2719           PtrN = PointerOps.back();
2720         } else {
2721           Ptr0 = PointerOps[CurrentOrder.front()];
2722           PtrN = PointerOps[CurrentOrder.back()];
2723         }
2724         const SCEV *Scev0 = SE->getSCEV(Ptr0);
2725         const SCEV *ScevN = SE->getSCEV(PtrN);
2726         const auto *Diff =
2727             dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SE->getMinusSCEV(ScevN, Scev0));
2728         uint64_t Size = DL->getTypeAllocSize(ScalarTy);
2729         // Check that the sorted loads are consecutive.
2730         if (Diff && Diff->getAPInt() == (VL.size() - 1) * Size) {
2731           if (CurrentOrder.empty()) {
2732             // Original loads are consecutive and does not require reordering.
2733             ++NumOpsWantToKeepOriginalOrder;
2734             TreeEntry *TE = newTreeEntry(VL, Bundle /*vectorized*/, S,
2735                                          UserTreeIdx, ReuseShuffleIndicies);
2736             TE->setOperandsInOrder();
2737             LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: added a vector of loads.\n");
2738           } else {
2739             // Need to reorder.
2740             auto I = NumOpsWantToKeepOrder.try_emplace(CurrentOrder).first;
2741             ++I->getSecond();
2742             TreeEntry *TE =
2743                 newTreeEntry(VL, Bundle /*vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
2744                              ReuseShuffleIndicies, I->getFirst());
2745             TE->setOperandsInOrder();
2746             LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: added a vector of jumbled loads.\n");
2747           }
2748           return;
2749         }
2750       }
2751 
2752       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Gathering non-consecutive loads.\n");
2753       BS.cancelScheduling(VL, VL0);
2754       newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
2755                    ReuseShuffleIndicies);
2756       return;
2757     }
2758     case Instruction::ZExt:
2759     case Instruction::SExt:
2760     case Instruction::FPToUI:
2761     case Instruction::FPToSI:
2762     case Instruction::FPExt:
2763     case Instruction::PtrToInt:
2764     case Instruction::IntToPtr:
2765     case Instruction::SIToFP:
2766     case Instruction::UIToFP:
2767     case Instruction::Trunc:
2768     case Instruction::FPTrunc:
2769     case Instruction::BitCast: {
2770       Type *SrcTy = VL0->getOperand(0)->getType();
2771       for (Value *V : VL) {
2772         Type *Ty = cast<Instruction>(V)->getOperand(0)->getType();
2773         if (Ty != SrcTy || !isValidElementType(Ty)) {
2774           BS.cancelScheduling(VL, VL0);
2775           newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
2776                        ReuseShuffleIndicies);
2777           LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs()
2778                      << "SLP: Gathering casts with different src types.\n");
2779           return;
2780         }
2781       }
2782       TreeEntry *TE = newTreeEntry(VL, Bundle /*vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
2783                                    ReuseShuffleIndicies);
2784       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: added a vector of casts.\n");
2785 
2786       TE->setOperandsInOrder();
2787       for (unsigned i = 0, e = VL0->getNumOperands(); i < e; ++i) {
2788         ValueList Operands;
2789         // Prepare the operand vector.
2790         for (Value *V : VL)
2791           Operands.push_back(cast<Instruction>(V)->getOperand(i));
2792 
2793         buildTree_rec(Operands, Depth + 1, {TE, i});
2794       }
2795       return;
2796     }
2797     case Instruction::ICmp:
2798     case Instruction::FCmp: {
2799       // Check that all of the compares have the same predicate.
2800       CmpInst::Predicate P0 = cast<CmpInst>(VL0)->getPredicate();
2801       CmpInst::Predicate SwapP0 = CmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(P0);
2802       Type *ComparedTy = VL0->getOperand(0)->getType();
2803       for (Value *V : VL) {
2804         CmpInst *Cmp = cast<CmpInst>(V);
2805         if ((Cmp->getPredicate() != P0 && Cmp->getPredicate() != SwapP0) ||
2806             Cmp->getOperand(0)->getType() != ComparedTy) {
2807           BS.cancelScheduling(VL, VL0);
2808           newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
2809                        ReuseShuffleIndicies);
2810           LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs()
2811                      << "SLP: Gathering cmp with different predicate.\n");
2812           return;
2813         }
2814       }
2815 
2816       TreeEntry *TE = newTreeEntry(VL, Bundle /*vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
2817                                    ReuseShuffleIndicies);
2818       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: added a vector of compares.\n");
2819 
2820       ValueList Left, Right;
2821       if (cast<CmpInst>(VL0)->isCommutative()) {
2822         // Commutative predicate - collect + sort operands of the instructions
2823         // so that each side is more likely to have the same opcode.
2824         assert(P0 == SwapP0 && "Commutative Predicate mismatch");
2825         reorderInputsAccordingToOpcode(VL, Left, Right, *DL, *SE, *this);
2826       } else {
2827         // Collect operands - commute if it uses the swapped predicate.
2828         for (Value *V : VL) {
2829           auto *Cmp = cast<CmpInst>(V);
2830           Value *LHS = Cmp->getOperand(0);
2831           Value *RHS = Cmp->getOperand(1);
2832           if (Cmp->getPredicate() != P0)
2833             std::swap(LHS, RHS);
2834           Left.push_back(LHS);
2835           Right.push_back(RHS);
2836         }
2837       }
2838       TE->setOperand(0, Left);
2839       TE->setOperand(1, Right);
2840       buildTree_rec(Left, Depth + 1, {TE, 0});
2841       buildTree_rec(Right, Depth + 1, {TE, 1});
2842       return;
2843     }
2844     case Instruction::Select:
2845     case Instruction::FNeg:
2846     case Instruction::Add:
2847     case Instruction::FAdd:
2848     case Instruction::Sub:
2849     case Instruction::FSub:
2850     case Instruction::Mul:
2851     case Instruction::FMul:
2852     case Instruction::UDiv:
2853     case Instruction::SDiv:
2854     case Instruction::FDiv:
2855     case Instruction::URem:
2856     case Instruction::SRem:
2857     case Instruction::FRem:
2858     case Instruction::Shl:
2859     case Instruction::LShr:
2860     case Instruction::AShr:
2861     case Instruction::And:
2862     case Instruction::Or:
2863     case Instruction::Xor: {
2864       TreeEntry *TE = newTreeEntry(VL, Bundle /*vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
2865                                    ReuseShuffleIndicies);
2866       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: added a vector of un/bin op.\n");
2867 
2868       // Sort operands of the instructions so that each side is more likely to
2869       // have the same opcode.
2870       if (isa<BinaryOperator>(VL0) && VL0->isCommutative()) {
2871         ValueList Left, Right;
2872         reorderInputsAccordingToOpcode(VL, Left, Right, *DL, *SE, *this);
2873         TE->setOperand(0, Left);
2874         TE->setOperand(1, Right);
2875         buildTree_rec(Left, Depth + 1, {TE, 0});
2876         buildTree_rec(Right, Depth + 1, {TE, 1});
2877         return;
2878       }
2879 
2880       TE->setOperandsInOrder();
2881       for (unsigned i = 0, e = VL0->getNumOperands(); i < e; ++i) {
2882         ValueList Operands;
2883         // Prepare the operand vector.
2884         for (Value *j : VL)
2885           Operands.push_back(cast<Instruction>(j)->getOperand(i));
2886 
2887         buildTree_rec(Operands, Depth + 1, {TE, i});
2888       }
2889       return;
2890     }
2891     case Instruction::GetElementPtr: {
2892       // We don't combine GEPs with complicated (nested) indexing.
2893       for (Value *V : VL) {
2894         if (cast<Instruction>(V)->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2895           LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: not-vectorizable GEP (nested indexes).\n");
2896           BS.cancelScheduling(VL, VL0);
2897           newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
2898                        ReuseShuffleIndicies);
2899           return;
2900         }
2901       }
2902 
2903       // We can't combine several GEPs into one vector if they operate on
2904       // different types.
2905       Type *Ty0 = VL0->getOperand(0)->getType();
2906       for (Value *V : VL) {
2907         Type *CurTy = cast<Instruction>(V)->getOperand(0)->getType();
2908         if (Ty0 != CurTy) {
2909           LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs()
2910                      << "SLP: not-vectorizable GEP (different types).\n");
2911           BS.cancelScheduling(VL, VL0);
2912           newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
2913                        ReuseShuffleIndicies);
2914           return;
2915         }
2916       }
2917 
2918       // We don't combine GEPs with non-constant indexes.
2919       Type *Ty1 = VL0->getOperand(1)->getType();
2920       for (Value *V : VL) {
2921         auto Op = cast<Instruction>(V)->getOperand(1);
2922         if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Op) ||
2923             (Op->getType() != Ty1 &&
2924              Op->getType()->getScalarSizeInBits() >
2925                  DL->getIndexSizeInBits(
2926                      V->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace()))) {
2927           LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs()
2928                      << "SLP: not-vectorizable GEP (non-constant indexes).\n");
2929           BS.cancelScheduling(VL, VL0);
2930           newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
2931                        ReuseShuffleIndicies);
2932           return;
2933         }
2934       }
2935 
2936       TreeEntry *TE = newTreeEntry(VL, Bundle /*vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
2937                                    ReuseShuffleIndicies);
2938       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: added a vector of GEPs.\n");
2939       TE->setOperandsInOrder();
2940       for (unsigned i = 0, e = 2; i < e; ++i) {
2941         ValueList Operands;
2942         // Prepare the operand vector.
2943         for (Value *V : VL)
2944           Operands.push_back(cast<Instruction>(V)->getOperand(i));
2945 
2946         buildTree_rec(Operands, Depth + 1, {TE, i});
2947       }
2948       return;
2949     }
2950     case Instruction::Store: {
2951       // Check if the stores are consecutive or if we need to swizzle them.
2952       llvm::Type *ScalarTy = cast<StoreInst>(VL0)->getValueOperand()->getType();
2953       // Make sure all stores in the bundle are simple - we can't vectorize
2954       // atomic or volatile stores.
2955       SmallVector<Value *, 4> PointerOps(VL.size());
2956       ValueList Operands(VL.size());
2957       auto POIter = PointerOps.begin();
2958       auto OIter = Operands.begin();
2959       for (Value *V : VL) {
2960         auto *SI = cast<StoreInst>(V);
2961         if (!SI->isSimple()) {
2962           BS.cancelScheduling(VL, VL0);
2963           newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
2964                        ReuseShuffleIndicies);
2965           LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Gathering non-simple stores.\n");
2966           return;
2967         }
2968         *POIter = SI->getPointerOperand();
2969         *OIter = SI->getValueOperand();
2970         ++POIter;
2971         ++OIter;
2972       }
2973 
2974       OrdersType CurrentOrder;
2975       // Check the order of pointer operands.
2976       if (llvm::sortPtrAccesses(PointerOps, *DL, *SE, CurrentOrder)) {
2977         Value *Ptr0;
2978         Value *PtrN;
2979         if (CurrentOrder.empty()) {
2980           Ptr0 = PointerOps.front();
2981           PtrN = PointerOps.back();
2982         } else {
2983           Ptr0 = PointerOps[CurrentOrder.front()];
2984           PtrN = PointerOps[CurrentOrder.back()];
2985         }
2986         const SCEV *Scev0 = SE->getSCEV(Ptr0);
2987         const SCEV *ScevN = SE->getSCEV(PtrN);
2988         const auto *Diff =
2989             dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SE->getMinusSCEV(ScevN, Scev0));
2990         uint64_t Size = DL->getTypeAllocSize(ScalarTy);
2991         // Check that the sorted pointer operands are consecutive.
2992         if (Diff && Diff->getAPInt() == (VL.size() - 1) * Size) {
2993           if (CurrentOrder.empty()) {
2994             // Original stores are consecutive and does not require reordering.
2995             ++NumOpsWantToKeepOriginalOrder;
2996             TreeEntry *TE = newTreeEntry(VL, Bundle /*vectorized*/, S,
2997                                          UserTreeIdx, ReuseShuffleIndicies);
2998             TE->setOperandsInOrder();
2999             buildTree_rec(Operands, Depth + 1, {TE, 0});
3000             LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: added a vector of stores.\n");
3001           } else {
3002             // Need to reorder.
3003             auto I = NumOpsWantToKeepOrder.try_emplace(CurrentOrder).first;
3004             ++(I->getSecond());
3005             TreeEntry *TE =
3006                 newTreeEntry(VL, Bundle /*vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
3007                              ReuseShuffleIndicies, I->getFirst());
3008             TE->setOperandsInOrder();
3009             buildTree_rec(Operands, Depth + 1, {TE, 0});
3010             LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: added a vector of jumbled stores.\n");
3011           }
3012           return;
3013         }
3014       }
3015 
3016       BS.cancelScheduling(VL, VL0);
3017       newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
3018                    ReuseShuffleIndicies);
3019       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Non-consecutive store.\n");
3020       return;
3021     }
3022     case Instruction::Call: {
3023       // Check if the calls are all to the same vectorizable intrinsic.
3024       CallInst *CI = cast<CallInst>(VL0);
3025       // Check if this is an Intrinsic call or something that can be
3026       // represented by an intrinsic call
3027       Intrinsic::ID ID = getVectorIntrinsicIDForCall(CI, TLI);
3028       if (!isTriviallyVectorizable(ID)) {
3029         BS.cancelScheduling(VL, VL0);
3030         newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
3031                      ReuseShuffleIndicies);
3032         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Non-vectorizable call.\n");
3033         return;
3034       }
3035       Function *Int = CI->getCalledFunction();
3036       unsigned NumArgs = CI->getNumArgOperands();
3037       SmallVector<Value*, 4> ScalarArgs(NumArgs, nullptr);
3038       for (unsigned j = 0; j != NumArgs; ++j)
3039         if (hasVectorInstrinsicScalarOpd(ID, j))
3040           ScalarArgs[j] = CI->getArgOperand(j);
3041       for (Value *V : VL) {
3042         CallInst *CI2 = dyn_cast<CallInst>(V);
3043         if (!CI2 || CI2->getCalledFunction() != Int ||
3044             getVectorIntrinsicIDForCall(CI2, TLI) != ID ||
3045             !CI->hasIdenticalOperandBundleSchema(*CI2)) {
3046           BS.cancelScheduling(VL, VL0);
3047           newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
3048                        ReuseShuffleIndicies);
3049           LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: mismatched calls:" << *CI << "!=" << *V
3050                             << "\n");
3051           return;
3052         }
3053         // Some intrinsics have scalar arguments and should be same in order for
3054         // them to be vectorized.
3055         for (unsigned j = 0; j != NumArgs; ++j) {
3056           if (hasVectorInstrinsicScalarOpd(ID, j)) {
3057             Value *A1J = CI2->getArgOperand(j);
3058             if (ScalarArgs[j] != A1J) {
3059               BS.cancelScheduling(VL, VL0);
3060               newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
3061                            ReuseShuffleIndicies);
3062               LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: mismatched arguments in call:" << *CI
3063                                 << " argument " << ScalarArgs[j] << "!=" << A1J
3064                                 << "\n");
3065               return;
3066             }
3067           }
3068         }
3069         // Verify that the bundle operands are identical between the two calls.
3070         if (CI->hasOperandBundles() &&
3071             !std::equal(CI->op_begin() + CI->getBundleOperandsStartIndex(),
3072                         CI->op_begin() + CI->getBundleOperandsEndIndex(),
3073                         CI2->op_begin() + CI2->getBundleOperandsStartIndex())) {
3074           BS.cancelScheduling(VL, VL0);
3075           newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
3076                        ReuseShuffleIndicies);
3077           LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: mismatched bundle operands in calls:"
3078                             << *CI << "!=" << *V << '\n');
3079           return;
3080         }
3081       }
3082 
3083       TreeEntry *TE = newTreeEntry(VL, Bundle /*vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
3084                                    ReuseShuffleIndicies);
3085       TE->setOperandsInOrder();
3086       for (unsigned i = 0, e = CI->getNumArgOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3087         ValueList Operands;
3088         // Prepare the operand vector.
3089         for (Value *V : VL) {
3090           auto *CI2 = cast<CallInst>(V);
3091           Operands.push_back(CI2->getArgOperand(i));
3092         }
3093         buildTree_rec(Operands, Depth + 1, {TE, i});
3094       }
3095       return;
3096     }
3097     case Instruction::ShuffleVector: {
3098       // If this is not an alternate sequence of opcode like add-sub
3099       // then do not vectorize this instruction.
3100       if (!S.isAltShuffle()) {
3101         BS.cancelScheduling(VL, VL0);
3102         newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
3103                      ReuseShuffleIndicies);
3104         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: ShuffleVector are not vectorized.\n");
3105         return;
3106       }
3107       TreeEntry *TE = newTreeEntry(VL, Bundle /*vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
3108                                    ReuseShuffleIndicies);
3109       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: added a ShuffleVector op.\n");
3110 
3111       // Reorder operands if reordering would enable vectorization.
3112       if (isa<BinaryOperator>(VL0)) {
3113         ValueList Left, Right;
3114         reorderInputsAccordingToOpcode(VL, Left, Right, *DL, *SE, *this);
3115         TE->setOperand(0, Left);
3116         TE->setOperand(1, Right);
3117         buildTree_rec(Left, Depth + 1, {TE, 0});
3118         buildTree_rec(Right, Depth + 1, {TE, 1});
3119         return;
3120       }
3121 
3122       TE->setOperandsInOrder();
3123       for (unsigned i = 0, e = VL0->getNumOperands(); i < e; ++i) {
3124         ValueList Operands;
3125         // Prepare the operand vector.
3126         for (Value *V : VL)
3127           Operands.push_back(cast<Instruction>(V)->getOperand(i));
3128 
3129         buildTree_rec(Operands, Depth + 1, {TE, i});
3130       }
3131       return;
3132     }
3133     default:
3134       BS.cancelScheduling(VL, VL0);
3135       newTreeEntry(VL, None /*not vectorized*/, S, UserTreeIdx,
3136                    ReuseShuffleIndicies);
3137       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Gathering unknown instruction.\n");
3138       return;
3139   }
3140 }
3141 
3142 unsigned BoUpSLP::canMapToVector(Type *T, const DataLayout &DL) const {
3143   unsigned N = 1;
3144   Type *EltTy = T;
3145 
3146   while (isa<StructType>(EltTy) || isa<ArrayType>(EltTy) ||
3147          isa<VectorType>(EltTy)) {
3148     if (auto *ST = dyn_cast<StructType>(EltTy)) {
3149       // Check that struct is homogeneous.
3150       for (const auto *Ty : ST->elements())
3151         if (Ty != *ST->element_begin())
3152           return 0;
3153       N *= ST->getNumElements();
3154       EltTy = *ST->element_begin();
3155     } else if (auto *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(EltTy)) {
3156       N *= AT->getNumElements();
3157       EltTy = AT->getElementType();
3158     } else {
3159       auto *VT = cast<VectorType>(EltTy);
3160       N *= VT->getNumElements();
3161       EltTy = VT->getElementType();
3162     }
3163   }
3164 
3165   if (!isValidElementType(EltTy))
3166     return 0;
3167   uint64_t VTSize = DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(VectorType::get(EltTy, N));
3168   if (VTSize < MinVecRegSize || VTSize > MaxVecRegSize || VTSize != DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(T))
3169     return 0;
3170   return N;
3171 }
3172 
3173 bool BoUpSLP::canReuseExtract(ArrayRef<Value *> VL, Value *OpValue,
3174                               SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &CurrentOrder) const {
3175   Instruction *E0 = cast<Instruction>(OpValue);
3176   assert(E0->getOpcode() == Instruction::ExtractElement ||
3177          E0->getOpcode() == Instruction::ExtractValue);
3178   assert(E0->getOpcode() == getSameOpcode(VL).getOpcode() && "Invalid opcode");
3179   // Check if all of the extracts come from the same vector and from the
3180   // correct offset.
3181   Value *Vec = E0->getOperand(0);
3182 
3183   CurrentOrder.clear();
3184 
3185   // We have to extract from a vector/aggregate with the same number of elements.
3186   unsigned NElts;
3187   if (E0->getOpcode() == Instruction::ExtractValue) {
3188     const DataLayout &DL = E0->getModule()->getDataLayout();
3189     NElts = canMapToVector(Vec->getType(), DL);
3190     if (!NElts)
3191       return false;
3192     // Check if load can be rewritten as load of vector.
3193     LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Vec);
3194     if (!LI || !LI->isSimple() || !LI->hasNUses(VL.size()))
3195       return false;
3196   } else {
3197     NElts = cast<VectorType>(Vec->getType())->getNumElements();
3198   }
3199 
3200   if (NElts != VL.size())
3201     return false;
3202 
3203   // Check that all of the indices extract from the correct offset.
3204   bool ShouldKeepOrder = true;
3205   unsigned E = VL.size();
3206   // Assign to all items the initial value E + 1 so we can check if the extract
3207   // instruction index was used already.
3208   // Also, later we can check that all the indices are used and we have a
3209   // consecutive access in the extract instructions, by checking that no
3210   // element of CurrentOrder still has value E + 1.
3211   CurrentOrder.assign(E, E + 1);
3212   unsigned I = 0;
3213   for (; I < E; ++I) {
3214     auto *Inst = cast<Instruction>(VL[I]);
3215     if (Inst->getOperand(0) != Vec)
3216       break;
3217     Optional<unsigned> Idx = getExtractIndex(Inst);
3218     if (!Idx)
3219       break;
3220     const unsigned ExtIdx = *Idx;
3221     if (ExtIdx != I) {
3222       if (ExtIdx >= E || CurrentOrder[ExtIdx] != E + 1)
3223         break;
3224       ShouldKeepOrder = false;
3225       CurrentOrder[ExtIdx] = I;
3226     } else {
3227       if (CurrentOrder[I] != E + 1)
3228         break;
3229       CurrentOrder[I] = I;
3230     }
3231   }
3232   if (I < E) {
3233     CurrentOrder.clear();
3234     return false;
3235   }
3236 
3237   return ShouldKeepOrder;
3238 }
3239 
3240 bool BoUpSLP::areAllUsersVectorized(Instruction *I) const {
3241   return I->hasOneUse() ||
3242          std::all_of(I->user_begin(), I->user_end(), [this](User *U) {
3243            return ScalarToTreeEntry.count(U) > 0;
3244          });
3245 }
3246 
3247 static std::pair<unsigned, unsigned>
3248 getVectorCallCosts(CallInst *CI, VectorType *VecTy, TargetTransformInfo *TTI,
3249                    TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
3250   Intrinsic::ID ID = getVectorIntrinsicIDForCall(CI, TLI);
3251 
3252   // Calculate the cost of the scalar and vector calls.
3253   IntrinsicCostAttributes CostAttrs(ID, *CI, VecTy->getNumElements());
3254   int IntrinsicCost =
3255     TTI->getIntrinsicInstrCost(CostAttrs, TTI::TCK_RecipThroughput);
3256 
3257   auto Shape =
3258       VFShape::get(*CI, {static_cast<unsigned>(VecTy->getNumElements()), false},
3259                    false /*HasGlobalPred*/);
3260   Function *VecFunc = VFDatabase(*CI).getVectorizedFunction(Shape);
3261   int LibCost = IntrinsicCost;
3262   if (!CI->isNoBuiltin() && VecFunc) {
3263     // Calculate the cost of the vector library call.
3264     SmallVector<Type *, 4> VecTys;
3265     for (Use &Arg : CI->args())
3266       VecTys.push_back(
3267           VectorType::get(Arg->getType(), VecTy->getNumElements()));
3268 
3269     // If the corresponding vector call is cheaper, return its cost.
3270     LibCost = TTI->getCallInstrCost(nullptr, VecTy, VecTys,
3271                                     TTI::TCK_RecipThroughput);
3272   }
3273   return {IntrinsicCost, LibCost};
3274 }
3275 
3276 int BoUpSLP::getEntryCost(TreeEntry *E) {
3277   ArrayRef<Value*> VL = E->Scalars;
3278 
3279   Type *ScalarTy = VL[0]->getType();
3280   if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(VL[0]))
3281     ScalarTy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
3282   else if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(VL[0]))
3283     ScalarTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
3284   VectorType *VecTy = VectorType::get(ScalarTy, VL.size());
3285   TTI::TargetCostKind CostKind = TTI::TCK_RecipThroughput;
3286 
3287   // If we have computed a smaller type for the expression, update VecTy so
3288   // that the costs will be accurate.
3289   if (MinBWs.count(VL[0]))
3290     VecTy = VectorType::get(
3291         IntegerType::get(F->getContext(), MinBWs[VL[0]].first), VL.size());
3292 
3293   unsigned ReuseShuffleNumbers = E->ReuseShuffleIndices.size();
3294   bool NeedToShuffleReuses = !E->ReuseShuffleIndices.empty();
3295   int ReuseShuffleCost = 0;
3296   if (NeedToShuffleReuses) {
3297     ReuseShuffleCost =
3298         TTI->getShuffleCost(TargetTransformInfo::SK_PermuteSingleSrc, VecTy);
3299   }
3300   if (E->State == TreeEntry::NeedToGather) {
3301     if (allConstant(VL))
3302       return 0;
3303     if (isSplat(VL)) {
3304       return ReuseShuffleCost +
3305              TTI->getShuffleCost(TargetTransformInfo::SK_Broadcast, VecTy, 0);
3306     }
3307     if (E->getOpcode() == Instruction::ExtractElement &&
3308         allSameType(VL) && allSameBlock(VL)) {
3309       Optional<TargetTransformInfo::ShuffleKind> ShuffleKind = isShuffle(VL);
3310       if (ShuffleKind.hasValue()) {
3311         int Cost = TTI->getShuffleCost(ShuffleKind.getValue(), VecTy);
3312         for (auto *V : VL) {
3313           // If all users of instruction are going to be vectorized and this
3314           // instruction itself is not going to be vectorized, consider this
3315           // instruction as dead and remove its cost from the final cost of the
3316           // vectorized tree.
3317           if (areAllUsersVectorized(cast<Instruction>(V)) &&
3318               !ScalarToTreeEntry.count(V)) {
3319             auto *IO = cast<ConstantInt>(
3320                 cast<ExtractElementInst>(V)->getIndexOperand());
3321             Cost -= TTI->getVectorInstrCost(Instruction::ExtractElement, VecTy,
3322                                             IO->getZExtValue());
3323           }
3324         }
3325         return ReuseShuffleCost + Cost;
3326       }
3327     }
3328     return ReuseShuffleCost + getGatherCost(VL);
3329   }
3330   assert(E->State == TreeEntry::Vectorize && "Unhandled state");
3331   assert(E->getOpcode() && allSameType(VL) && allSameBlock(VL) && "Invalid VL");
3332   Instruction *VL0 = E->getMainOp();
3333   unsigned ShuffleOrOp =
3334       E->isAltShuffle() ? (unsigned)Instruction::ShuffleVector : E->getOpcode();
3335   switch (ShuffleOrOp) {
3336     case Instruction::PHI:
3337       return 0;
3338 
3339     case Instruction::ExtractValue:
3340     case Instruction::ExtractElement: {
3341       if (NeedToShuffleReuses) {
3342         unsigned Idx = 0;
3343         for (unsigned I : E->ReuseShuffleIndices) {
3344           if (ShuffleOrOp == Instruction::ExtractElement) {
3345             auto *IO = cast<ConstantInt>(
3346                 cast<ExtractElementInst>(VL[I])->getIndexOperand());
3347             Idx = IO->getZExtValue();
3348             ReuseShuffleCost -= TTI->getVectorInstrCost(
3349                 Instruction::ExtractElement, VecTy, Idx);
3350           } else {
3351             ReuseShuffleCost -= TTI->getVectorInstrCost(
3352                 Instruction::ExtractElement, VecTy, Idx);
3353             ++Idx;
3354           }
3355         }
3356         Idx = ReuseShuffleNumbers;
3357         for (Value *V : VL) {
3358           if (ShuffleOrOp == Instruction::ExtractElement) {
3359             auto *IO = cast<ConstantInt>(
3360                 cast<ExtractElementInst>(V)->getIndexOperand());
3361             Idx = IO->getZExtValue();
3362           } else {
3363             --Idx;
3364           }
3365           ReuseShuffleCost +=
3366               TTI->getVectorInstrCost(Instruction::ExtractElement, VecTy, Idx);
3367         }
3368       }
3369       int DeadCost = ReuseShuffleCost;
3370       if (!E->ReorderIndices.empty()) {
3371         // TODO: Merge this shuffle with the ReuseShuffleCost.
3372         DeadCost += TTI->getShuffleCost(
3373             TargetTransformInfo::SK_PermuteSingleSrc, VecTy);
3374       }
3375       for (unsigned i = 0, e = VL.size(); i < e; ++i) {
3376         Instruction *E = cast<Instruction>(VL[i]);
3377         // If all users are going to be vectorized, instruction can be
3378         // considered as dead.
3379         // The same, if have only one user, it will be vectorized for sure.
3380         if (areAllUsersVectorized(E)) {
3381           // Take credit for instruction that will become dead.
3382           if (E->hasOneUse()) {
3383             Instruction *Ext = E->user_back();
3384             if ((isa<SExtInst>(Ext) || isa<ZExtInst>(Ext)) &&
3385                 all_of(Ext->users(),
3386                        [](User *U) { return isa<GetElementPtrInst>(U); })) {
3387               // Use getExtractWithExtendCost() to calculate the cost of
3388               // extractelement/ext pair.
3389               DeadCost -= TTI->getExtractWithExtendCost(
3390                   Ext->getOpcode(), Ext->getType(), VecTy, i);
3391               // Add back the cost of s|zext which is subtracted separately.
3392               DeadCost += TTI->getCastInstrCost(
3393                   Ext->getOpcode(), Ext->getType(), E->getType(), CostKind,
3394                   Ext);
3395               continue;
3396             }
3397           }
3398           DeadCost -=
3399               TTI->getVectorInstrCost(Instruction::ExtractElement, VecTy, i);
3400         }
3401       }
3402       return DeadCost;
3403     }
3404     case Instruction::ZExt:
3405     case Instruction::SExt:
3406     case Instruction::FPToUI:
3407     case Instruction::FPToSI:
3408     case Instruction::FPExt:
3409     case Instruction::PtrToInt:
3410     case Instruction::IntToPtr:
3411     case Instruction::SIToFP:
3412     case Instruction::UIToFP:
3413     case Instruction::Trunc:
3414     case Instruction::FPTrunc:
3415     case Instruction::BitCast: {
3416       Type *SrcTy = VL0->getOperand(0)->getType();
3417       int ScalarEltCost =
3418           TTI->getCastInstrCost(E->getOpcode(), ScalarTy, SrcTy, CostKind,
3419                                 VL0);
3420       if (NeedToShuffleReuses) {
3421         ReuseShuffleCost -= (ReuseShuffleNumbers - VL.size()) * ScalarEltCost;
3422       }
3423 
3424       // Calculate the cost of this instruction.
3425       int ScalarCost = VL.size() * ScalarEltCost;
3426 
3427       VectorType *SrcVecTy = VectorType::get(SrcTy, VL.size());
3428       int VecCost = 0;
3429       // Check if the values are candidates to demote.
3430       if (!MinBWs.count(VL0) || VecTy != SrcVecTy) {
3431         VecCost = ReuseShuffleCost +
3432                   TTI->getCastInstrCost(E->getOpcode(), VecTy, SrcVecTy,
3433                                         CostKind, VL0);
3434       }
3435       return VecCost - ScalarCost;
3436     }
3437     case Instruction::FCmp:
3438     case Instruction::ICmp:
3439     case Instruction::Select: {
3440       // Calculate the cost of this instruction.
3441       int ScalarEltCost = TTI->getCmpSelInstrCost(E->getOpcode(), ScalarTy,
3442                                                   Builder.getInt1Ty(),
3443                                                   CostKind, VL0);
3444       if (NeedToShuffleReuses) {
3445         ReuseShuffleCost -= (ReuseShuffleNumbers - VL.size()) * ScalarEltCost;
3446       }
3447       VectorType *MaskTy = VectorType::get(Builder.getInt1Ty(), VL.size());
3448       int ScalarCost = VecTy->getNumElements() * ScalarEltCost;
3449       int VecCost = TTI->getCmpSelInstrCost(E->getOpcode(), VecTy, MaskTy,
3450                                             CostKind, VL0);
3451       return ReuseShuffleCost + VecCost - ScalarCost;
3452     }
3453     case Instruction::FNeg:
3454     case Instruction::Add:
3455     case Instruction::FAdd:
3456     case Instruction::Sub:
3457     case Instruction::FSub:
3458     case Instruction::Mul:
3459     case Instruction::FMul:
3460     case Instruction::UDiv:
3461     case Instruction::SDiv:
3462     case Instruction::FDiv:
3463     case Instruction::URem:
3464     case Instruction::SRem:
3465     case Instruction::FRem:
3466     case Instruction::Shl:
3467     case Instruction::LShr:
3468     case Instruction::AShr:
3469     case Instruction::And:
3470     case Instruction::Or:
3471     case Instruction::Xor: {
3472       // Certain instructions can be cheaper to vectorize if they have a
3473       // constant second vector operand.
3474       TargetTransformInfo::OperandValueKind Op1VK =
3475           TargetTransformInfo::OK_AnyValue;
3476       TargetTransformInfo::OperandValueKind Op2VK =
3477           TargetTransformInfo::OK_UniformConstantValue;
3478       TargetTransformInfo::OperandValueProperties Op1VP =
3479           TargetTransformInfo::OP_None;
3480       TargetTransformInfo::OperandValueProperties Op2VP =
3481           TargetTransformInfo::OP_PowerOf2;
3482 
3483       // If all operands are exactly the same ConstantInt then set the
3484       // operand kind to OK_UniformConstantValue.
3485       // If instead not all operands are constants, then set the operand kind
3486       // to OK_AnyValue. If all operands are constants but not the same,
3487       // then set the operand kind to OK_NonUniformConstantValue.
3488       ConstantInt *CInt0 = nullptr;
3489       for (unsigned i = 0, e = VL.size(); i < e; ++i) {
3490         const Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(VL[i]);
3491         unsigned OpIdx = isa<BinaryOperator>(I) ? 1 : 0;
3492         ConstantInt *CInt = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(OpIdx));
3493         if (!CInt) {
3494           Op2VK = TargetTransformInfo::OK_AnyValue;
3495           Op2VP = TargetTransformInfo::OP_None;
3496           break;
3497         }
3498         if (Op2VP == TargetTransformInfo::OP_PowerOf2 &&
3499             !CInt->getValue().isPowerOf2())
3500           Op2VP = TargetTransformInfo::OP_None;
3501         if (i == 0) {
3502           CInt0 = CInt;
3503           continue;
3504         }
3505         if (CInt0 != CInt)
3506           Op2VK = TargetTransformInfo::OK_NonUniformConstantValue;
3507       }
3508 
3509       SmallVector<const Value *, 4> Operands(VL0->operand_values());
3510       int ScalarEltCost = TTI->getArithmeticInstrCost(
3511           E->getOpcode(), ScalarTy, CostKind, Op1VK, Op2VK, Op1VP, Op2VP,
3512           Operands, VL0);
3513       if (NeedToShuffleReuses) {
3514         ReuseShuffleCost -= (ReuseShuffleNumbers - VL.size()) * ScalarEltCost;
3515       }
3516       int ScalarCost = VecTy->getNumElements() * ScalarEltCost;
3517       int VecCost = TTI->getArithmeticInstrCost(
3518           E->getOpcode(), VecTy, CostKind, Op1VK, Op2VK, Op1VP, Op2VP,
3519           Operands, VL0);
3520       return ReuseShuffleCost + VecCost - ScalarCost;
3521     }
3522     case Instruction::GetElementPtr: {
3523       TargetTransformInfo::OperandValueKind Op1VK =
3524           TargetTransformInfo::OK_AnyValue;
3525       TargetTransformInfo::OperandValueKind Op2VK =
3526           TargetTransformInfo::OK_UniformConstantValue;
3527 
3528       int ScalarEltCost =
3529           TTI->getArithmeticInstrCost(Instruction::Add, ScalarTy, CostKind,
3530                                       Op1VK, Op2VK);
3531       if (NeedToShuffleReuses) {
3532         ReuseShuffleCost -= (ReuseShuffleNumbers - VL.size()) * ScalarEltCost;
3533       }
3534       int ScalarCost = VecTy->getNumElements() * ScalarEltCost;
3535       int VecCost =
3536           TTI->getArithmeticInstrCost(Instruction::Add, VecTy, CostKind,
3537                                       Op1VK, Op2VK);
3538       return ReuseShuffleCost + VecCost - ScalarCost;
3539     }
3540     case Instruction::Load: {
3541       // Cost of wide load - cost of scalar loads.
3542       Align alignment = cast<LoadInst>(VL0)->getAlign();
3543       int ScalarEltCost =
3544           TTI->getMemoryOpCost(Instruction::Load, ScalarTy, alignment, 0,
3545                                CostKind, VL0);
3546       if (NeedToShuffleReuses) {
3547         ReuseShuffleCost -= (ReuseShuffleNumbers - VL.size()) * ScalarEltCost;
3548       }
3549       int ScalarLdCost = VecTy->getNumElements() * ScalarEltCost;
3550       int VecLdCost =
3551           TTI->getMemoryOpCost(Instruction::Load, VecTy, alignment, 0,
3552                                CostKind, VL0);
3553       if (!E->ReorderIndices.empty()) {
3554         // TODO: Merge this shuffle with the ReuseShuffleCost.
3555         VecLdCost += TTI->getShuffleCost(
3556             TargetTransformInfo::SK_PermuteSingleSrc, VecTy);
3557       }
3558       return ReuseShuffleCost + VecLdCost - ScalarLdCost;
3559     }
3560     case Instruction::Store: {
3561       // We know that we can merge the stores. Calculate the cost.
3562       bool IsReorder = !E->ReorderIndices.empty();
3563       auto *SI =
3564           cast<StoreInst>(IsReorder ? VL[E->ReorderIndices.front()] : VL0);
3565       Align Alignment = SI->getAlign();
3566       int ScalarEltCost =
3567           TTI->getMemoryOpCost(Instruction::Store, ScalarTy, Alignment, 0,
3568                                CostKind, VL0);
3569       if (NeedToShuffleReuses)
3570         ReuseShuffleCost = -(ReuseShuffleNumbers - VL.size()) * ScalarEltCost;
3571       int ScalarStCost = VecTy->getNumElements() * ScalarEltCost;
3572       int VecStCost = TTI->getMemoryOpCost(Instruction::Store,
3573                                            VecTy, Alignment, 0, CostKind, VL0);
3574       if (IsReorder) {
3575         // TODO: Merge this shuffle with the ReuseShuffleCost.
3576         VecStCost += TTI->getShuffleCost(
3577             TargetTransformInfo::SK_PermuteSingleSrc, VecTy);
3578       }
3579       return ReuseShuffleCost + VecStCost - ScalarStCost;
3580     }
3581     case Instruction::Call: {
3582       CallInst *CI = cast<CallInst>(VL0);
3583       Intrinsic::ID ID = getVectorIntrinsicIDForCall(CI, TLI);
3584 
3585       // Calculate the cost of the scalar and vector calls.
3586       IntrinsicCostAttributes CostAttrs(ID, *CI, 1, 1);
3587       int ScalarEltCost = TTI->getIntrinsicInstrCost(CostAttrs, CostKind);
3588       if (NeedToShuffleReuses) {
3589         ReuseShuffleCost -= (ReuseShuffleNumbers - VL.size()) * ScalarEltCost;
3590       }
3591       int ScalarCallCost = VecTy->getNumElements() * ScalarEltCost;
3592 
3593       auto VecCallCosts = getVectorCallCosts(CI, VecTy, TTI, TLI);
3594       int VecCallCost = std::min(VecCallCosts.first, VecCallCosts.second);
3595 
3596       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Call cost " << VecCallCost - ScalarCallCost
3597                         << " (" << VecCallCost << "-" << ScalarCallCost << ")"
3598                         << " for " << *CI << "\n");
3599 
3600       return ReuseShuffleCost + VecCallCost - ScalarCallCost;
3601     }
3602     case Instruction::ShuffleVector: {
3603       assert(E->isAltShuffle() &&
3604              ((Instruction::isBinaryOp(E->getOpcode()) &&
3605                Instruction::isBinaryOp(E->getAltOpcode())) ||
3606               (Instruction::isCast(E->getOpcode()) &&
3607                Instruction::isCast(E->getAltOpcode()))) &&
3608              "Invalid Shuffle Vector Operand");
3609       int ScalarCost = 0;
3610       if (NeedToShuffleReuses) {
3611         for (unsigned Idx : E->ReuseShuffleIndices) {
3612           Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(VL[Idx]);
3613           ReuseShuffleCost -= TTI->getInstructionCost(I, CostKind);
3614         }
3615         for (Value *V : VL) {
3616           Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(V);
3617           ReuseShuffleCost += TTI->getInstructionCost(I, CostKind);
3618         }
3619       }
3620       for (Value *V : VL) {
3621         Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(V);
3622         assert(E->isOpcodeOrAlt(I) && "Unexpected main/alternate opcode");
3623         ScalarCost += TTI->getInstructionCost(I, CostKind);
3624       }
3625       // VecCost is equal to sum of the cost of creating 2 vectors
3626       // and the cost of creating shuffle.
3627       int VecCost = 0;
3628       if (Instruction::isBinaryOp(E->getOpcode())) {
3629         VecCost = TTI->getArithmeticInstrCost(E->getOpcode(), VecTy, CostKind);
3630         VecCost += TTI->getArithmeticInstrCost(E->getAltOpcode(), VecTy,
3631                                                CostKind);
3632       } else {
3633         Type *Src0SclTy = E->getMainOp()->getOperand(0)->getType();
3634         Type *Src1SclTy = E->getAltOp()->getOperand(0)->getType();
3635         VectorType *Src0Ty = VectorType::get(Src0SclTy, VL.size());
3636         VectorType *Src1Ty = VectorType::get(Src1SclTy, VL.size());
3637         VecCost = TTI->getCastInstrCost(E->getOpcode(), VecTy, Src0Ty,
3638                                         CostKind);
3639         VecCost += TTI->getCastInstrCost(E->getAltOpcode(), VecTy, Src1Ty,
3640                                          CostKind);
3641       }
3642       VecCost += TTI->getShuffleCost(TargetTransformInfo::SK_Select, VecTy, 0);
3643       return ReuseShuffleCost + VecCost - ScalarCost;
3644     }
3645     default:
3646       llvm_unreachable("Unknown instruction");
3647   }
3648 }
3649 
3650 bool BoUpSLP::isFullyVectorizableTinyTree() const {
3651   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Check whether the tree with height "
3652                     << VectorizableTree.size() << " is fully vectorizable .\n");
3653 
3654   // We only handle trees of heights 1 and 2.
3655   if (VectorizableTree.size() == 1 &&
3656       VectorizableTree[0]->State == TreeEntry::Vectorize)
3657     return true;
3658 
3659   if (VectorizableTree.size() != 2)
3660     return false;
3661 
3662   // Handle splat and all-constants stores.
3663   if (VectorizableTree[0]->State == TreeEntry::Vectorize &&
3664       (allConstant(VectorizableTree[1]->Scalars) ||
3665        isSplat(VectorizableTree[1]->Scalars)))
3666     return true;
3667 
3668   // Gathering cost would be too much for tiny trees.
3669   if (VectorizableTree[0]->State == TreeEntry::NeedToGather ||
3670       VectorizableTree[1]->State == TreeEntry::NeedToGather)
3671     return false;
3672 
3673   return true;
3674 }
3675 
3676 static bool isLoadCombineCandidateImpl(Value *Root, unsigned NumElts,
3677                                        TargetTransformInfo *TTI) {
3678   // Look past the root to find a source value. Arbitrarily follow the
3679   // path through operand 0 of any 'or'. Also, peek through optional
3680   // shift-left-by-constant.
3681   Value *ZextLoad = Root;
3682   while (!isa<ConstantExpr>(ZextLoad) &&
3683          (match(ZextLoad, m_Or(m_Value(), m_Value())) ||
3684           match(ZextLoad, m_Shl(m_Value(), m_Constant()))))
3685     ZextLoad = cast<BinaryOperator>(ZextLoad)->getOperand(0);
3686 
3687   // Check if the input is an extended load of the required or/shift expression.
3688   Value *LoadPtr;
3689   if (ZextLoad == Root || !match(ZextLoad, m_ZExt(m_Load(m_Value(LoadPtr)))))
3690     return false;
3691 
3692   // Require that the total load bit width is a legal integer type.
3693   // For example, <8 x i8> --> i64 is a legal integer on a 64-bit target.
3694   // But <16 x i8> --> i128 is not, so the backend probably can't reduce it.
3695   Type *SrcTy = LoadPtr->getType()->getPointerElementType();
3696   unsigned LoadBitWidth = SrcTy->getIntegerBitWidth() * NumElts;
3697   if (!TTI->isTypeLegal(IntegerType::get(Root->getContext(), LoadBitWidth)))
3698     return false;
3699 
3700   // Everything matched - assume that we can fold the whole sequence using
3701   // load combining.
3702   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Assume load combining for tree starting at "
3703              << *(cast<Instruction>(Root)) << "\n");
3704 
3705   return true;
3706 }
3707 
3708 bool BoUpSLP::isLoadCombineReductionCandidate(unsigned RdxOpcode) const {
3709   if (RdxOpcode != Instruction::Or)
3710     return false;
3711 
3712   unsigned NumElts = VectorizableTree[0]->Scalars.size();
3713   Value *FirstReduced = VectorizableTree[0]->Scalars[0];
3714   return isLoadCombineCandidateImpl(FirstReduced, NumElts, TTI);
3715 }
3716 
3717 bool BoUpSLP::isLoadCombineCandidate() const {
3718   // Peek through a final sequence of stores and check if all operations are
3719   // likely to be load-combined.
3720   unsigned NumElts = VectorizableTree[0]->Scalars.size();
3721   for (Value *Scalar : VectorizableTree[0]->Scalars) {
3722     Value *X;
3723     if (!match(Scalar, m_Store(m_Value(X), m_Value())) ||
3724         !isLoadCombineCandidateImpl(X, NumElts, TTI))
3725       return false;
3726   }
3727   return true;
3728 }
3729 
3730 bool BoUpSLP::isTreeTinyAndNotFullyVectorizable() const {
3731   // We can vectorize the tree if its size is greater than or equal to the
3732   // minimum size specified by the MinTreeSize command line option.
3733   if (VectorizableTree.size() >= MinTreeSize)
3734     return false;
3735 
3736   // If we have a tiny tree (a tree whose size is less than MinTreeSize), we
3737   // can vectorize it if we can prove it fully vectorizable.
3738   if (isFullyVectorizableTinyTree())
3739     return false;
3740 
3741   assert(VectorizableTree.empty()
3742              ? ExternalUses.empty()
3743              : true && "We shouldn't have any external users");
3744 
3745   // Otherwise, we can't vectorize the tree. It is both tiny and not fully
3746   // vectorizable.
3747   return true;
3748 }
3749 
3750 int BoUpSLP::getSpillCost() const {
3751   // Walk from the bottom of the tree to the top, tracking which values are
3752   // live. When we see a call instruction that is not part of our tree,
3753   // query TTI to see if there is a cost to keeping values live over it
3754   // (for example, if spills and fills are required).
3755   unsigned BundleWidth = VectorizableTree.front()->Scalars.size();
3756   int Cost = 0;
3757 
3758   SmallPtrSet<Instruction*, 4> LiveValues;
3759   Instruction *PrevInst = nullptr;
3760 
3761   for (const auto &TEPtr : VectorizableTree) {
3762     Instruction *Inst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TEPtr->Scalars[0]);
3763     if (!Inst)
3764       continue;
3765 
3766     if (!PrevInst) {
3767       PrevInst = Inst;
3768       continue;
3769     }
3770 
3771     // Update LiveValues.
3772     LiveValues.erase(PrevInst);
3773     for (auto &J : PrevInst->operands()) {
3774       if (isa<Instruction>(&*J) && getTreeEntry(&*J))
3775         LiveValues.insert(cast<Instruction>(&*J));
3776     }
3777 
3778     LLVM_DEBUG({
3779       dbgs() << "SLP: #LV: " << LiveValues.size();
3780       for (auto *X : LiveValues)
3781         dbgs() << " " << X->getName();
3782       dbgs() << ", Looking at ";
3783       Inst->dump();
3784     });
3785 
3786     // Now find the sequence of instructions between PrevInst and Inst.
3787     unsigned NumCalls = 0;
3788     BasicBlock::reverse_iterator InstIt = ++Inst->getIterator().getReverse(),
3789                                  PrevInstIt =
3790                                      PrevInst->getIterator().getReverse();
3791     while (InstIt != PrevInstIt) {
3792       if (PrevInstIt == PrevInst->getParent()->rend()) {
3793         PrevInstIt = Inst->getParent()->rbegin();
3794         continue;
3795       }
3796 
3797       // Debug information does not impact spill cost.
3798       if ((isa<CallInst>(&*PrevInstIt) &&
3799            !isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(&*PrevInstIt)) &&
3800           &*PrevInstIt != PrevInst)
3801         NumCalls++;
3802 
3803       ++PrevInstIt;
3804     }
3805 
3806     if (NumCalls) {
3807       SmallVector<Type*, 4> V;
3808       for (auto *II : LiveValues)
3809         V.push_back(VectorType::get(II->getType(), BundleWidth));
3810       Cost += NumCalls * TTI->getCostOfKeepingLiveOverCall(V);
3811     }
3812 
3813     PrevInst = Inst;
3814   }
3815 
3816   return Cost;
3817 }
3818 
3819 int BoUpSLP::getTreeCost() {
3820   int Cost = 0;
3821   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Calculating cost for tree of size "
3822                     << VectorizableTree.size() << ".\n");
3823 
3824   unsigned BundleWidth = VectorizableTree[0]->Scalars.size();
3825 
3826   for (unsigned I = 0, E = VectorizableTree.size(); I < E; ++I) {
3827     TreeEntry &TE = *VectorizableTree[I].get();
3828 
3829     // We create duplicate tree entries for gather sequences that have multiple
3830     // uses. However, we should not compute the cost of duplicate sequences.
3831     // For example, if we have a build vector (i.e., insertelement sequence)
3832     // that is used by more than one vector instruction, we only need to
3833     // compute the cost of the insertelement instructions once. The redundant
3834     // instructions will be eliminated by CSE.
3835     //
3836     // We should consider not creating duplicate tree entries for gather
3837     // sequences, and instead add additional edges to the tree representing
3838     // their uses. Since such an approach results in fewer total entries,
3839     // existing heuristics based on tree size may yield different results.
3840     //
3841     if (TE.State == TreeEntry::NeedToGather &&
3842         std::any_of(std::next(VectorizableTree.begin(), I + 1),
3843                     VectorizableTree.end(),
3844                     [TE](const std::unique_ptr<TreeEntry> &EntryPtr) {
3845                       return EntryPtr->State == TreeEntry::NeedToGather &&
3846                              EntryPtr->isSame(TE.Scalars);
3847                     }))
3848       continue;
3849 
3850     int C = getEntryCost(&TE);
3851     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Adding cost " << C
3852                       << " for bundle that starts with " << *TE.Scalars[0]
3853                       << ".\n");
3854     Cost += C;
3855   }
3856 
3857   SmallPtrSet<Value *, 16> ExtractCostCalculated;
3858   int ExtractCost = 0;
3859   for (ExternalUser &EU : ExternalUses) {
3860     // We only add extract cost once for the same scalar.
3861     if (!ExtractCostCalculated.insert(EU.Scalar).second)
3862       continue;
3863 
3864     // Uses by ephemeral values are free (because the ephemeral value will be
3865     // removed prior to code generation, and so the extraction will be
3866     // removed as well).
3867     if (EphValues.count(EU.User))
3868       continue;
3869 
3870     // If we plan to rewrite the tree in a smaller type, we will need to sign
3871     // extend the extracted value back to the original type. Here, we account
3872     // for the extract and the added cost of the sign extend if needed.
3873     auto *VecTy = VectorType::get(EU.Scalar->getType(), BundleWidth);
3874     auto *ScalarRoot = VectorizableTree[0]->Scalars[0];
3875     if (MinBWs.count(ScalarRoot)) {
3876       auto *MinTy = IntegerType::get(F->getContext(), MinBWs[ScalarRoot].first);
3877       auto Extend =
3878           MinBWs[ScalarRoot].second ? Instruction::SExt : Instruction::ZExt;
3879       VecTy = VectorType::get(MinTy, BundleWidth);
3880       ExtractCost += TTI->getExtractWithExtendCost(Extend, EU.Scalar->getType(),
3881                                                    VecTy, EU.Lane);
3882     } else {
3883       ExtractCost +=
3884           TTI->getVectorInstrCost(Instruction::ExtractElement, VecTy, EU.Lane);
3885     }
3886   }
3887 
3888   int SpillCost = getSpillCost();
3889   Cost += SpillCost + ExtractCost;
3890 
3891   std::string Str;
3892   {
3893     raw_string_ostream OS(Str);
3894     OS << "SLP: Spill Cost = " << SpillCost << ".\n"
3895        << "SLP: Extract Cost = " << ExtractCost << ".\n"
3896        << "SLP: Total Cost = " << Cost << ".\n";
3897   }
3898   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << Str);
3899 
3900   if (ViewSLPTree)
3901     ViewGraph(this, "SLP" + F->getName(), false, Str);
3902 
3903   return Cost;
3904 }
3905 
3906 int BoUpSLP::getGatherCost(VectorType *Ty,
3907                            const DenseSet<unsigned> &ShuffledIndices) const {
3908   unsigned NumElts = Ty->getNumElements();
3909   APInt DemandedElts = APInt::getNullValue(NumElts);
3910   for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumElts; ++i)
3911     if (!ShuffledIndices.count(i))
3912       DemandedElts.setBit(i);
3913   int Cost = TTI->getScalarizationOverhead(Ty, DemandedElts, /*Insert*/ true,
3914                                            /*Extract*/ false);
3915   if (!ShuffledIndices.empty())
3916     Cost += TTI->getShuffleCost(TargetTransformInfo::SK_PermuteSingleSrc, Ty);
3917   return Cost;
3918 }
3919 
3920 int BoUpSLP::getGatherCost(ArrayRef<Value *> VL) const {
3921   // Find the type of the operands in VL.
3922   Type *ScalarTy = VL[0]->getType();
3923   if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(VL[0]))
3924     ScalarTy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
3925   VectorType *VecTy = VectorType::get(ScalarTy, VL.size());
3926   // Find the cost of inserting/extracting values from the vector.
3927   // Check if the same elements are inserted several times and count them as
3928   // shuffle candidates.
3929   DenseSet<unsigned> ShuffledElements;
3930   DenseSet<Value *> UniqueElements;
3931   // Iterate in reverse order to consider insert elements with the high cost.
3932   for (unsigned I = VL.size(); I > 0; --I) {
3933     unsigned Idx = I - 1;
3934     if (!UniqueElements.insert(VL[Idx]).second)
3935       ShuffledElements.insert(Idx);
3936   }
3937   return getGatherCost(VecTy, ShuffledElements);
3938 }
3939 
3940 // Perform operand reordering on the instructions in VL and return the reordered
3941 // operands in Left and Right.
3942 void BoUpSLP::reorderInputsAccordingToOpcode(ArrayRef<Value *> VL,
3943                                              SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Left,
3944                                              SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Right,
3945                                              const DataLayout &DL,
3946                                              ScalarEvolution &SE,
3947                                              const BoUpSLP &R) {
3948   if (VL.empty())
3949     return;
3950   VLOperands Ops(VL, DL, SE, R);
3951   // Reorder the operands in place.
3952   Ops.reorder();
3953   Left = Ops.getVL(0);
3954   Right = Ops.getVL(1);
3955 }
3956 
3957 void BoUpSLP::setInsertPointAfterBundle(TreeEntry *E) {
3958   // Get the basic block this bundle is in. All instructions in the bundle
3959   // should be in this block.
3960   auto *Front = E->getMainOp();
3961   auto *BB = Front->getParent();
3962   assert(llvm::all_of(make_range(E->Scalars.begin(), E->Scalars.end()),
3963                       [=](Value *V) -> bool {
3964                         auto *I = cast<Instruction>(V);
3965                         return !E->isOpcodeOrAlt(I) || I->getParent() == BB;
3966                       }));
3967 
3968   // The last instruction in the bundle in program order.
3969   Instruction *LastInst = nullptr;
3970 
3971   // Find the last instruction. The common case should be that BB has been
3972   // scheduled, and the last instruction is VL.back(). So we start with
3973   // VL.back() and iterate over schedule data until we reach the end of the
3974   // bundle. The end of the bundle is marked by null ScheduleData.
3975   if (BlocksSchedules.count(BB)) {
3976     auto *Bundle =
3977         BlocksSchedules[BB]->getScheduleData(E->isOneOf(E->Scalars.back()));
3978     if (Bundle && Bundle->isPartOfBundle())
3979       for (; Bundle; Bundle = Bundle->NextInBundle)
3980         if (Bundle->OpValue == Bundle->Inst)
3981           LastInst = Bundle->Inst;
3982   }
3983 
3984   // LastInst can still be null at this point if there's either not an entry
3985   // for BB in BlocksSchedules or there's no ScheduleData available for
3986   // VL.back(). This can be the case if buildTree_rec aborts for various
3987   // reasons (e.g., the maximum recursion depth is reached, the maximum region
3988   // size is reached, etc.). ScheduleData is initialized in the scheduling
3989   // "dry-run".
3990   //
3991   // If this happens, we can still find the last instruction by brute force. We
3992   // iterate forwards from Front (inclusive) until we either see all
3993   // instructions in the bundle or reach the end of the block. If Front is the
3994   // last instruction in program order, LastInst will be set to Front, and we
3995   // will visit all the remaining instructions in the block.
3996   //
3997   // One of the reasons we exit early from buildTree_rec is to place an upper
3998   // bound on compile-time. Thus, taking an additional compile-time hit here is
3999   // not ideal. However, this should be exceedingly rare since it requires that
4000   // we both exit early from buildTree_rec and that the bundle be out-of-order
4001   // (causing us to iterate all the way to the end of the block).
4002   if (!LastInst) {
4003     SmallPtrSet<Value *, 16> Bundle(E->Scalars.begin(), E->Scalars.end());
4004     for (auto &I : make_range(BasicBlock::iterator(Front), BB->end())) {
4005       if (Bundle.erase(&I) && E->isOpcodeOrAlt(&I))
4006         LastInst = &I;
4007       if (Bundle.empty())
4008         break;
4009     }
4010   }
4011   assert(LastInst && "Failed to find last instruction in bundle");
4012 
4013   // Set the insertion point after the last instruction in the bundle. Set the
4014   // debug location to Front.
4015   Builder.SetInsertPoint(BB, ++LastInst->getIterator());
4016   Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(Front->getDebugLoc());
4017 }
4018 
4019 Value *BoUpSLP::Gather(ArrayRef<Value *> VL, VectorType *Ty) {
4020   Value *Vec = UndefValue::get(Ty);
4021   // Generate the 'InsertElement' instruction.
4022   for (unsigned i = 0; i < Ty->getNumElements(); ++i) {
4023     Vec = Builder.CreateInsertElement(Vec, VL[i], Builder.getInt32(i));
4024     if (auto *Insrt = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(Vec)) {
4025       GatherSeq.insert(Insrt);
4026       CSEBlocks.insert(Insrt->getParent());
4027 
4028       // Add to our 'need-to-extract' list.
4029       if (TreeEntry *E = getTreeEntry(VL[i])) {
4030         // Find which lane we need to extract.
4031         int FoundLane = -1;
4032         for (unsigned Lane = 0, LE = E->Scalars.size(); Lane != LE; ++Lane) {
4033           // Is this the lane of the scalar that we are looking for ?
4034           if (E->Scalars[Lane] == VL[i]) {
4035             FoundLane = Lane;
4036             break;
4037           }
4038         }
4039         assert(FoundLane >= 0 && "Could not find the correct lane");
4040         if (!E->ReuseShuffleIndices.empty()) {
4041           FoundLane =
4042               std::distance(E->ReuseShuffleIndices.begin(),
4043                             llvm::find(E->ReuseShuffleIndices, FoundLane));
4044         }
4045         ExternalUses.push_back(ExternalUser(VL[i], Insrt, FoundLane));
4046       }
4047     }
4048   }
4049 
4050   return Vec;
4051 }
4052 
4053 Value *BoUpSLP::vectorizeTree(ArrayRef<Value *> VL) {
4054   InstructionsState S = getSameOpcode(VL);
4055   if (S.getOpcode()) {
4056     if (TreeEntry *E = getTreeEntry(S.OpValue)) {
4057       if (E->isSame(VL)) {
4058         Value *V = vectorizeTree(E);
4059         if (VL.size() == E->Scalars.size() && !E->ReuseShuffleIndices.empty()) {
4060           // We need to get the vectorized value but without shuffle.
4061           if (auto *SV = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(V)) {
4062             V = SV->getOperand(0);
4063           } else {
4064             // Reshuffle to get only unique values.
4065             SmallVector<int, 4> UniqueIdxs;
4066             SmallSet<int, 4> UsedIdxs;
4067             for (int Idx : E->ReuseShuffleIndices)
4068               if (UsedIdxs.insert(Idx).second)
4069                 UniqueIdxs.emplace_back(Idx);
4070             V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(V->getType()),
4071                                             UniqueIdxs);
4072           }
4073         }
4074         return V;
4075       }
4076     }
4077   }
4078 
4079   Type *ScalarTy = S.OpValue->getType();
4080   if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(S.OpValue))
4081     ScalarTy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
4082 
4083   // Check that every instruction appears once in this bundle.
4084   SmallVector<int, 4> ReuseShuffleIndicies;
4085   SmallVector<Value *, 4> UniqueValues;
4086   if (VL.size() > 2) {
4087     DenseMap<Value *, unsigned> UniquePositions;
4088     for (Value *V : VL) {
4089       auto Res = UniquePositions.try_emplace(V, UniqueValues.size());
4090       ReuseShuffleIndicies.emplace_back(Res.first->second);
4091       if (Res.second || isa<Constant>(V))
4092         UniqueValues.emplace_back(V);
4093     }
4094     // Do not shuffle single element or if number of unique values is not power
4095     // of 2.
4096     if (UniqueValues.size() == VL.size() || UniqueValues.size() <= 1 ||
4097         !llvm::isPowerOf2_32(UniqueValues.size()))
4098       ReuseShuffleIndicies.clear();
4099     else
4100       VL = UniqueValues;
4101   }
4102   VectorType *VecTy = VectorType::get(ScalarTy, VL.size());
4103 
4104   Value *V = Gather(VL, VecTy);
4105   if (!ReuseShuffleIndicies.empty()) {
4106     V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(VecTy),
4107                                     ReuseShuffleIndicies, "shuffle");
4108     if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
4109       GatherSeq.insert(I);
4110       CSEBlocks.insert(I->getParent());
4111     }
4112   }
4113   return V;
4114 }
4115 
4116 static void inversePermutation(ArrayRef<unsigned> Indices,
4117                                SmallVectorImpl<int> &Mask) {
4118   Mask.clear();
4119   const unsigned E = Indices.size();
4120   Mask.resize(E);
4121   for (unsigned I = 0; I < E; ++I)
4122     Mask[Indices[I]] = I;
4123 }
4124 
4125 Value *BoUpSLP::vectorizeTree(TreeEntry *E) {
4126   IRBuilder<>::InsertPointGuard Guard(Builder);
4127 
4128   if (E->VectorizedValue) {
4129     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Diamond merged for " << *E->Scalars[0] << ".\n");
4130     return E->VectorizedValue;
4131   }
4132 
4133   Instruction *VL0 = E->getMainOp();
4134   Type *ScalarTy = VL0->getType();
4135   if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(VL0))
4136     ScalarTy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
4137   VectorType *VecTy = VectorType::get(ScalarTy, E->Scalars.size());
4138 
4139   bool NeedToShuffleReuses = !E->ReuseShuffleIndices.empty();
4140 
4141   if (E->State == TreeEntry::NeedToGather) {
4142     setInsertPointAfterBundle(E);
4143     auto *V = Gather(E->Scalars, VecTy);
4144     if (NeedToShuffleReuses) {
4145       V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(VecTy),
4146                                       E->ReuseShuffleIndices, "shuffle");
4147       if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
4148         GatherSeq.insert(I);
4149         CSEBlocks.insert(I->getParent());
4150       }
4151     }
4152     E->VectorizedValue = V;
4153     return V;
4154   }
4155 
4156   assert(E->State == TreeEntry::Vectorize && "Unhandled state");
4157   unsigned ShuffleOrOp =
4158       E->isAltShuffle() ? (unsigned)Instruction::ShuffleVector : E->getOpcode();
4159   switch (ShuffleOrOp) {
4160     case Instruction::PHI: {
4161       auto *PH = cast<PHINode>(VL0);
4162       Builder.SetInsertPoint(PH->getParent()->getFirstNonPHI());
4163       Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(PH->getDebugLoc());
4164       PHINode *NewPhi = Builder.CreatePHI(VecTy, PH->getNumIncomingValues());
4165       Value *V = NewPhi;
4166       if (NeedToShuffleReuses) {
4167         V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(VecTy),
4168                                         E->ReuseShuffleIndices, "shuffle");
4169       }
4170       E->VectorizedValue = V;
4171 
4172       // PHINodes may have multiple entries from the same block. We want to
4173       // visit every block once.
4174       SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock*, 4> VisitedBBs;
4175 
4176       for (unsigned i = 0, e = PH->getNumIncomingValues(); i < e; ++i) {
4177         ValueList Operands;
4178         BasicBlock *IBB = PH->getIncomingBlock(i);
4179 
4180         if (!VisitedBBs.insert(IBB).second) {
4181           NewPhi->addIncoming(NewPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(IBB), IBB);
4182           continue;
4183         }
4184 
4185         Builder.SetInsertPoint(IBB->getTerminator());
4186         Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(PH->getDebugLoc());
4187         Value *Vec = vectorizeTree(E->getOperand(i));
4188         NewPhi->addIncoming(Vec, IBB);
4189       }
4190 
4191       assert(NewPhi->getNumIncomingValues() == PH->getNumIncomingValues() &&
4192              "Invalid number of incoming values");
4193       return V;
4194     }
4195 
4196     case Instruction::ExtractElement: {
4197       Value *V = E->getSingleOperand(0);
4198       if (!E->ReorderIndices.empty()) {
4199         SmallVector<int, 4> Mask;
4200         inversePermutation(E->ReorderIndices, Mask);
4201         Builder.SetInsertPoint(VL0);
4202         V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(VecTy), Mask,
4203                                         "reorder_shuffle");
4204       }
4205       if (NeedToShuffleReuses) {
4206         // TODO: Merge this shuffle with the ReorderShuffleMask.
4207         if (E->ReorderIndices.empty())
4208           Builder.SetInsertPoint(VL0);
4209         V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(VecTy),
4210                                         E->ReuseShuffleIndices, "shuffle");
4211       }
4212       E->VectorizedValue = V;
4213       return V;
4214     }
4215     case Instruction::ExtractValue: {
4216       LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(E->getSingleOperand(0));
4217       Builder.SetInsertPoint(LI);
4218       PointerType *PtrTy =
4219           PointerType::get(VecTy, LI->getPointerAddressSpace());
4220       Value *Ptr = Builder.CreateBitCast(LI->getOperand(0), PtrTy);
4221       LoadInst *V = Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(VecTy, Ptr, LI->getAlign());
4222       Value *NewV = propagateMetadata(V, E->Scalars);
4223       if (!E->ReorderIndices.empty()) {
4224         SmallVector<int, 4> Mask;
4225         inversePermutation(E->ReorderIndices, Mask);
4226         NewV = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(NewV, UndefValue::get(VecTy), Mask,
4227                                            "reorder_shuffle");
4228       }
4229       if (NeedToShuffleReuses) {
4230         // TODO: Merge this shuffle with the ReorderShuffleMask.
4231         NewV = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(NewV, UndefValue::get(VecTy),
4232                                            E->ReuseShuffleIndices, "shuffle");
4233       }
4234       E->VectorizedValue = NewV;
4235       return NewV;
4236     }
4237     case Instruction::ZExt:
4238     case Instruction::SExt:
4239     case Instruction::FPToUI:
4240     case Instruction::FPToSI:
4241     case Instruction::FPExt:
4242     case Instruction::PtrToInt:
4243     case Instruction::IntToPtr:
4244     case Instruction::SIToFP:
4245     case Instruction::UIToFP:
4246     case Instruction::Trunc:
4247     case Instruction::FPTrunc:
4248     case Instruction::BitCast: {
4249       setInsertPointAfterBundle(E);
4250 
4251       Value *InVec = vectorizeTree(E->getOperand(0));
4252 
4253       if (E->VectorizedValue) {
4254         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Diamond merged for " << *VL0 << ".\n");
4255         return E->VectorizedValue;
4256       }
4257 
4258       auto *CI = cast<CastInst>(VL0);
4259       Value *V = Builder.CreateCast(CI->getOpcode(), InVec, VecTy);
4260       if (NeedToShuffleReuses) {
4261         V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(VecTy),
4262                                         E->ReuseShuffleIndices, "shuffle");
4263       }
4264       E->VectorizedValue = V;
4265       ++NumVectorInstructions;
4266       return V;
4267     }
4268     case Instruction::FCmp:
4269     case Instruction::ICmp: {
4270       setInsertPointAfterBundle(E);
4271 
4272       Value *L = vectorizeTree(E->getOperand(0));
4273       Value *R = vectorizeTree(E->getOperand(1));
4274 
4275       if (E->VectorizedValue) {
4276         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Diamond merged for " << *VL0 << ".\n");
4277         return E->VectorizedValue;
4278       }
4279 
4280       CmpInst::Predicate P0 = cast<CmpInst>(VL0)->getPredicate();
4281       Value *V;
4282       if (E->getOpcode() == Instruction::FCmp)
4283         V = Builder.CreateFCmp(P0, L, R);
4284       else
4285         V = Builder.CreateICmp(P0, L, R);
4286 
4287       propagateIRFlags(V, E->Scalars, VL0);
4288       if (NeedToShuffleReuses) {
4289         V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(VecTy),
4290                                         E->ReuseShuffleIndices, "shuffle");
4291       }
4292       E->VectorizedValue = V;
4293       ++NumVectorInstructions;
4294       return V;
4295     }
4296     case Instruction::Select: {
4297       setInsertPointAfterBundle(E);
4298 
4299       Value *Cond = vectorizeTree(E->getOperand(0));
4300       Value *True = vectorizeTree(E->getOperand(1));
4301       Value *False = vectorizeTree(E->getOperand(2));
4302 
4303       if (E->VectorizedValue) {
4304         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Diamond merged for " << *VL0 << ".\n");
4305         return E->VectorizedValue;
4306       }
4307 
4308       Value *V = Builder.CreateSelect(Cond, True, False);
4309       if (NeedToShuffleReuses) {
4310         V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(VecTy),
4311                                         E->ReuseShuffleIndices, "shuffle");
4312       }
4313       E->VectorizedValue = V;
4314       ++NumVectorInstructions;
4315       return V;
4316     }
4317     case Instruction::FNeg: {
4318       setInsertPointAfterBundle(E);
4319 
4320       Value *Op = vectorizeTree(E->getOperand(0));
4321 
4322       if (E->VectorizedValue) {
4323         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Diamond merged for " << *VL0 << ".\n");
4324         return E->VectorizedValue;
4325       }
4326 
4327       Value *V = Builder.CreateUnOp(
4328           static_cast<Instruction::UnaryOps>(E->getOpcode()), Op);
4329       propagateIRFlags(V, E->Scalars, VL0);
4330       if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
4331         V = propagateMetadata(I, E->Scalars);
4332 
4333       if (NeedToShuffleReuses) {
4334         V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(VecTy),
4335                                         E->ReuseShuffleIndices, "shuffle");
4336       }
4337       E->VectorizedValue = V;
4338       ++NumVectorInstructions;
4339 
4340       return V;
4341     }
4342     case Instruction::Add:
4343     case Instruction::FAdd:
4344     case Instruction::Sub:
4345     case Instruction::FSub:
4346     case Instruction::Mul:
4347     case Instruction::FMul:
4348     case Instruction::UDiv:
4349     case Instruction::SDiv:
4350     case Instruction::FDiv:
4351     case Instruction::URem:
4352     case Instruction::SRem:
4353     case Instruction::FRem:
4354     case Instruction::Shl:
4355     case Instruction::LShr:
4356     case Instruction::AShr:
4357     case Instruction::And:
4358     case Instruction::Or:
4359     case Instruction::Xor: {
4360       setInsertPointAfterBundle(E);
4361 
4362       Value *LHS = vectorizeTree(E->getOperand(0));
4363       Value *RHS = vectorizeTree(E->getOperand(1));
4364 
4365       if (E->VectorizedValue) {
4366         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Diamond merged for " << *VL0 << ".\n");
4367         return E->VectorizedValue;
4368       }
4369 
4370       Value *V = Builder.CreateBinOp(
4371           static_cast<Instruction::BinaryOps>(E->getOpcode()), LHS,
4372           RHS);
4373       propagateIRFlags(V, E->Scalars, VL0);
4374       if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
4375         V = propagateMetadata(I, E->Scalars);
4376 
4377       if (NeedToShuffleReuses) {
4378         V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(VecTy),
4379                                         E->ReuseShuffleIndices, "shuffle");
4380       }
4381       E->VectorizedValue = V;
4382       ++NumVectorInstructions;
4383 
4384       return V;
4385     }
4386     case Instruction::Load: {
4387       // Loads are inserted at the head of the tree because we don't want to
4388       // sink them all the way down past store instructions.
4389       bool IsReorder = E->updateStateIfReorder();
4390       if (IsReorder)
4391         VL0 = E->getMainOp();
4392       setInsertPointAfterBundle(E);
4393 
4394       LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(VL0);
4395       unsigned AS = LI->getPointerAddressSpace();
4396 
4397       Value *VecPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(LI->getPointerOperand(),
4398                                             VecTy->getPointerTo(AS));
4399 
4400       // The pointer operand uses an in-tree scalar so we add the new BitCast to
4401       // ExternalUses list to make sure that an extract will be generated in the
4402       // future.
4403       Value *PO = LI->getPointerOperand();
4404       if (getTreeEntry(PO))
4405         ExternalUses.push_back(ExternalUser(PO, cast<User>(VecPtr), 0));
4406 
4407       LI = Builder.CreateAlignedLoad(VecTy, VecPtr, LI->getAlign());
4408       Value *V = propagateMetadata(LI, E->Scalars);
4409       if (IsReorder) {
4410         SmallVector<int, 4> Mask;
4411         inversePermutation(E->ReorderIndices, Mask);
4412         V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(V->getType()),
4413                                         Mask, "reorder_shuffle");
4414       }
4415       if (NeedToShuffleReuses) {
4416         // TODO: Merge this shuffle with the ReorderShuffleMask.
4417         V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(VecTy),
4418                                         E->ReuseShuffleIndices, "shuffle");
4419       }
4420       E->VectorizedValue = V;
4421       ++NumVectorInstructions;
4422       return V;
4423     }
4424     case Instruction::Store: {
4425       bool IsReorder = !E->ReorderIndices.empty();
4426       auto *SI = cast<StoreInst>(
4427           IsReorder ? E->Scalars[E->ReorderIndices.front()] : VL0);
4428       unsigned AS = SI->getPointerAddressSpace();
4429 
4430       setInsertPointAfterBundle(E);
4431 
4432       Value *VecValue = vectorizeTree(E->getOperand(0));
4433       if (IsReorder) {
4434         SmallVector<int, 4> Mask(E->ReorderIndices.begin(),
4435                                  E->ReorderIndices.end());
4436         VecValue = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(
4437             VecValue, UndefValue::get(VecValue->getType()), Mask,
4438             "reorder_shuffle");
4439       }
4440       Value *ScalarPtr = SI->getPointerOperand();
4441       Value *VecPtr = Builder.CreateBitCast(
4442           ScalarPtr, VecValue->getType()->getPointerTo(AS));
4443       StoreInst *ST = Builder.CreateAlignedStore(VecValue, VecPtr,
4444                                                  SI->getAlign());
4445 
4446       // The pointer operand uses an in-tree scalar, so add the new BitCast to
4447       // ExternalUses to make sure that an extract will be generated in the
4448       // future.
4449       if (getTreeEntry(ScalarPtr))
4450         ExternalUses.push_back(ExternalUser(ScalarPtr, cast<User>(VecPtr), 0));
4451 
4452       Value *V = propagateMetadata(ST, E->Scalars);
4453       if (NeedToShuffleReuses) {
4454         V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(VecTy),
4455                                         E->ReuseShuffleIndices, "shuffle");
4456       }
4457       E->VectorizedValue = V;
4458       ++NumVectorInstructions;
4459       return V;
4460     }
4461     case Instruction::GetElementPtr: {
4462       setInsertPointAfterBundle(E);
4463 
4464       Value *Op0 = vectorizeTree(E->getOperand(0));
4465 
4466       std::vector<Value *> OpVecs;
4467       for (int j = 1, e = cast<GetElementPtrInst>(VL0)->getNumOperands(); j < e;
4468            ++j) {
4469         ValueList &VL = E->getOperand(j);
4470         // Need to cast all elements to the same type before vectorization to
4471         // avoid crash.
4472         Type *VL0Ty = VL0->getOperand(j)->getType();
4473         Type *Ty = llvm::all_of(
4474                        VL, [VL0Ty](Value *V) { return VL0Ty == V->getType(); })
4475                        ? VL0Ty
4476                        : DL->getIndexType(cast<GetElementPtrInst>(VL0)
4477                                               ->getPointerOperandType()
4478                                               ->getScalarType());
4479         for (Value *&V : VL) {
4480           auto *CI = cast<ConstantInt>(V);
4481           V = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(CI, Ty,
4482                                            CI->getValue().isSignBitSet());
4483         }
4484         Value *OpVec = vectorizeTree(VL);
4485         OpVecs.push_back(OpVec);
4486       }
4487 
4488       Value *V = Builder.CreateGEP(
4489           cast<GetElementPtrInst>(VL0)->getSourceElementType(), Op0, OpVecs);
4490       if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
4491         V = propagateMetadata(I, E->Scalars);
4492 
4493       if (NeedToShuffleReuses) {
4494         V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(VecTy),
4495                                         E->ReuseShuffleIndices, "shuffle");
4496       }
4497       E->VectorizedValue = V;
4498       ++NumVectorInstructions;
4499 
4500       return V;
4501     }
4502     case Instruction::Call: {
4503       CallInst *CI = cast<CallInst>(VL0);
4504       setInsertPointAfterBundle(E);
4505 
4506       Intrinsic::ID IID  = Intrinsic::not_intrinsic;
4507       if (Function *FI = CI->getCalledFunction())
4508         IID = FI->getIntrinsicID();
4509 
4510       Intrinsic::ID ID = getVectorIntrinsicIDForCall(CI, TLI);
4511 
4512       auto VecCallCosts = getVectorCallCosts(CI, VecTy, TTI, TLI);
4513       bool UseIntrinsic = VecCallCosts.first <= VecCallCosts.second;
4514 
4515       Value *ScalarArg = nullptr;
4516       std::vector<Value *> OpVecs;
4517       for (int j = 0, e = CI->getNumArgOperands(); j < e; ++j) {
4518         ValueList OpVL;
4519         // Some intrinsics have scalar arguments. This argument should not be
4520         // vectorized.
4521         if (UseIntrinsic && hasVectorInstrinsicScalarOpd(IID, j)) {
4522           CallInst *CEI = cast<CallInst>(VL0);
4523           ScalarArg = CEI->getArgOperand(j);
4524           OpVecs.push_back(CEI->getArgOperand(j));
4525           continue;
4526         }
4527 
4528         Value *OpVec = vectorizeTree(E->getOperand(j));
4529         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: OpVec[" << j << "]: " << *OpVec << "\n");
4530         OpVecs.push_back(OpVec);
4531       }
4532 
4533       Module *M = F->getParent();
4534       Type *Tys[] = { VectorType::get(CI->getType(), E->Scalars.size()) };
4535       Function *CF = Intrinsic::getDeclaration(M, ID, Tys);
4536 
4537       if (!UseIntrinsic) {
4538         VFShape Shape = VFShape::get(
4539             *CI, {static_cast<unsigned>(VecTy->getNumElements()), false},
4540             false /*HasGlobalPred*/);
4541         CF = VFDatabase(*CI).getVectorizedFunction(Shape);
4542       }
4543 
4544       SmallVector<OperandBundleDef, 1> OpBundles;
4545       CI->getOperandBundlesAsDefs(OpBundles);
4546       Value *V = Builder.CreateCall(CF, OpVecs, OpBundles);
4547 
4548       // The scalar argument uses an in-tree scalar so we add the new vectorized
4549       // call to ExternalUses list to make sure that an extract will be
4550       // generated in the future.
4551       if (ScalarArg && getTreeEntry(ScalarArg))
4552         ExternalUses.push_back(ExternalUser(ScalarArg, cast<User>(V), 0));
4553 
4554       propagateIRFlags(V, E->Scalars, VL0);
4555       if (NeedToShuffleReuses) {
4556         V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(VecTy),
4557                                         E->ReuseShuffleIndices, "shuffle");
4558       }
4559       E->VectorizedValue = V;
4560       ++NumVectorInstructions;
4561       return V;
4562     }
4563     case Instruction::ShuffleVector: {
4564       assert(E->isAltShuffle() &&
4565              ((Instruction::isBinaryOp(E->getOpcode()) &&
4566                Instruction::isBinaryOp(E->getAltOpcode())) ||
4567               (Instruction::isCast(E->getOpcode()) &&
4568                Instruction::isCast(E->getAltOpcode()))) &&
4569              "Invalid Shuffle Vector Operand");
4570 
4571       Value *LHS = nullptr, *RHS = nullptr;
4572       if (Instruction::isBinaryOp(E->getOpcode())) {
4573         setInsertPointAfterBundle(E);
4574         LHS = vectorizeTree(E->getOperand(0));
4575         RHS = vectorizeTree(E->getOperand(1));
4576       } else {
4577         setInsertPointAfterBundle(E);
4578         LHS = vectorizeTree(E->getOperand(0));
4579       }
4580 
4581       if (E->VectorizedValue) {
4582         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Diamond merged for " << *VL0 << ".\n");
4583         return E->VectorizedValue;
4584       }
4585 
4586       Value *V0, *V1;
4587       if (Instruction::isBinaryOp(E->getOpcode())) {
4588         V0 = Builder.CreateBinOp(
4589             static_cast<Instruction::BinaryOps>(E->getOpcode()), LHS, RHS);
4590         V1 = Builder.CreateBinOp(
4591             static_cast<Instruction::BinaryOps>(E->getAltOpcode()), LHS, RHS);
4592       } else {
4593         V0 = Builder.CreateCast(
4594             static_cast<Instruction::CastOps>(E->getOpcode()), LHS, VecTy);
4595         V1 = Builder.CreateCast(
4596             static_cast<Instruction::CastOps>(E->getAltOpcode()), LHS, VecTy);
4597       }
4598 
4599       // Create shuffle to take alternate operations from the vector.
4600       // Also, gather up main and alt scalar ops to propagate IR flags to
4601       // each vector operation.
4602       ValueList OpScalars, AltScalars;
4603       unsigned e = E->Scalars.size();
4604       SmallVector<int, 8> Mask(e);
4605       for (unsigned i = 0; i < e; ++i) {
4606         auto *OpInst = cast<Instruction>(E->Scalars[i]);
4607         assert(E->isOpcodeOrAlt(OpInst) && "Unexpected main/alternate opcode");
4608         if (OpInst->getOpcode() == E->getAltOpcode()) {
4609           Mask[i] = e + i;
4610           AltScalars.push_back(E->Scalars[i]);
4611         } else {
4612           Mask[i] = i;
4613           OpScalars.push_back(E->Scalars[i]);
4614         }
4615       }
4616 
4617       propagateIRFlags(V0, OpScalars);
4618       propagateIRFlags(V1, AltScalars);
4619 
4620       Value *V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(V0, V1, Mask);
4621       if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
4622         V = propagateMetadata(I, E->Scalars);
4623       if (NeedToShuffleReuses) {
4624         V = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(VecTy),
4625                                         E->ReuseShuffleIndices, "shuffle");
4626       }
4627       E->VectorizedValue = V;
4628       ++NumVectorInstructions;
4629 
4630       return V;
4631     }
4632     default:
4633     llvm_unreachable("unknown inst");
4634   }
4635   return nullptr;
4636 }
4637 
4638 Value *BoUpSLP::vectorizeTree() {
4639   ExtraValueToDebugLocsMap ExternallyUsedValues;
4640   return vectorizeTree(ExternallyUsedValues);
4641 }
4642 
4643 Value *
4644 BoUpSLP::vectorizeTree(ExtraValueToDebugLocsMap &ExternallyUsedValues) {
4645   // All blocks must be scheduled before any instructions are inserted.
4646   for (auto &BSIter : BlocksSchedules) {
4647     scheduleBlock(BSIter.second.get());
4648   }
4649 
4650   Builder.SetInsertPoint(&F->getEntryBlock().front());
4651   auto *VectorRoot = vectorizeTree(VectorizableTree[0].get());
4652 
4653   // If the vectorized tree can be rewritten in a smaller type, we truncate the
4654   // vectorized root. InstCombine will then rewrite the entire expression. We
4655   // sign extend the extracted values below.
4656   auto *ScalarRoot = VectorizableTree[0]->Scalars[0];
4657   if (MinBWs.count(ScalarRoot)) {
4658     if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(VectorRoot))
4659       Builder.SetInsertPoint(&*++BasicBlock::iterator(I));
4660     auto BundleWidth = VectorizableTree[0]->Scalars.size();
4661     auto *MinTy = IntegerType::get(F->getContext(), MinBWs[ScalarRoot].first);
4662     auto *VecTy = VectorType::get(MinTy, BundleWidth);
4663     auto *Trunc = Builder.CreateTrunc(VectorRoot, VecTy);
4664     VectorizableTree[0]->VectorizedValue = Trunc;
4665   }
4666 
4667   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Extracting " << ExternalUses.size()
4668                     << " values .\n");
4669 
4670   // If necessary, sign-extend or zero-extend ScalarRoot to the larger type
4671   // specified by ScalarType.
4672   auto extend = [&](Value *ScalarRoot, Value *Ex, Type *ScalarType) {
4673     if (!MinBWs.count(ScalarRoot))
4674       return Ex;
4675     if (MinBWs[ScalarRoot].second)
4676       return Builder.CreateSExt(Ex, ScalarType);
4677     return Builder.CreateZExt(Ex, ScalarType);
4678   };
4679 
4680   // Extract all of the elements with the external uses.
4681   for (const auto &ExternalUse : ExternalUses) {
4682     Value *Scalar = ExternalUse.Scalar;
4683     llvm::User *User = ExternalUse.User;
4684 
4685     // Skip users that we already RAUW. This happens when one instruction
4686     // has multiple uses of the same value.
4687     if (User && !is_contained(Scalar->users(), User))
4688       continue;
4689     TreeEntry *E = getTreeEntry(Scalar);
4690     assert(E && "Invalid scalar");
4691     assert(E->State == TreeEntry::Vectorize && "Extracting from a gather list");
4692 
4693     Value *Vec = E->VectorizedValue;
4694     assert(Vec && "Can't find vectorizable value");
4695 
4696     Value *Lane = Builder.getInt32(ExternalUse.Lane);
4697     // If User == nullptr, the Scalar is used as extra arg. Generate
4698     // ExtractElement instruction and update the record for this scalar in
4699     // ExternallyUsedValues.
4700     if (!User) {
4701       assert(ExternallyUsedValues.count(Scalar) &&
4702              "Scalar with nullptr as an external user must be registered in "
4703              "ExternallyUsedValues map");
4704       if (auto *VecI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Vec)) {
4705         Builder.SetInsertPoint(VecI->getParent(),
4706                                std::next(VecI->getIterator()));
4707       } else {
4708         Builder.SetInsertPoint(&F->getEntryBlock().front());
4709       }
4710       Value *Ex = Builder.CreateExtractElement(Vec, Lane);
4711       Ex = extend(ScalarRoot, Ex, Scalar->getType());
4712       CSEBlocks.insert(cast<Instruction>(Scalar)->getParent());
4713       auto &Locs = ExternallyUsedValues[Scalar];
4714       ExternallyUsedValues.insert({Ex, Locs});
4715       ExternallyUsedValues.erase(Scalar);
4716       // Required to update internally referenced instructions.
4717       Scalar->replaceAllUsesWith(Ex);
4718       continue;
4719     }
4720 
4721     // Generate extracts for out-of-tree users.
4722     // Find the insertion point for the extractelement lane.
4723     if (auto *VecI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Vec)) {
4724       if (PHINode *PH = dyn_cast<PHINode>(User)) {
4725         for (int i = 0, e = PH->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4726           if (PH->getIncomingValue(i) == Scalar) {
4727             Instruction *IncomingTerminator =
4728                 PH->getIncomingBlock(i)->getTerminator();
4729             if (isa<CatchSwitchInst>(IncomingTerminator)) {
4730               Builder.SetInsertPoint(VecI->getParent(),
4731                                      std::next(VecI->getIterator()));
4732             } else {
4733               Builder.SetInsertPoint(PH->getIncomingBlock(i)->getTerminator());
4734             }
4735             Value *Ex = Builder.CreateExtractElement(Vec, Lane);
4736             Ex = extend(ScalarRoot, Ex, Scalar->getType());
4737             CSEBlocks.insert(PH->getIncomingBlock(i));
4738             PH->setOperand(i, Ex);
4739           }
4740         }
4741       } else {
4742         Builder.SetInsertPoint(cast<Instruction>(User));
4743         Value *Ex = Builder.CreateExtractElement(Vec, Lane);
4744         Ex = extend(ScalarRoot, Ex, Scalar->getType());
4745         CSEBlocks.insert(cast<Instruction>(User)->getParent());
4746         User->replaceUsesOfWith(Scalar, Ex);
4747       }
4748     } else {
4749       Builder.SetInsertPoint(&F->getEntryBlock().front());
4750       Value *Ex = Builder.CreateExtractElement(Vec, Lane);
4751       Ex = extend(ScalarRoot, Ex, Scalar->getType());
4752       CSEBlocks.insert(&F->getEntryBlock());
4753       User->replaceUsesOfWith(Scalar, Ex);
4754     }
4755 
4756     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Replaced:" << *User << ".\n");
4757   }
4758 
4759   // For each vectorized value:
4760   for (auto &TEPtr : VectorizableTree) {
4761     TreeEntry *Entry = TEPtr.get();
4762 
4763     // No need to handle users of gathered values.
4764     if (Entry->State == TreeEntry::NeedToGather)
4765       continue;
4766 
4767     assert(Entry->VectorizedValue && "Can't find vectorizable value");
4768 
4769     // For each lane:
4770     for (int Lane = 0, LE = Entry->Scalars.size(); Lane != LE; ++Lane) {
4771       Value *Scalar = Entry->Scalars[Lane];
4772 
4773 #ifndef NDEBUG
4774       Type *Ty = Scalar->getType();
4775       if (!Ty->isVoidTy()) {
4776         for (User *U : Scalar->users()) {
4777           LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: \tvalidating user:" << *U << ".\n");
4778 
4779           // It is legal to delete users in the ignorelist.
4780           assert((getTreeEntry(U) || is_contained(UserIgnoreList, U)) &&
4781                  "Deleting out-of-tree value");
4782         }
4783       }
4784 #endif
4785       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: \tErasing scalar:" << *Scalar << ".\n");
4786       eraseInstruction(cast<Instruction>(Scalar));
4787     }
4788   }
4789 
4790   Builder.ClearInsertionPoint();
4791   InstrElementSize.clear();
4792 
4793   return VectorizableTree[0]->VectorizedValue;
4794 }
4795 
4796 void BoUpSLP::optimizeGatherSequence() {
4797   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Optimizing " << GatherSeq.size()
4798                     << " gather sequences instructions.\n");
4799   // LICM InsertElementInst sequences.
4800   for (Instruction *I : GatherSeq) {
4801     if (isDeleted(I))
4802       continue;
4803 
4804     // Check if this block is inside a loop.
4805     Loop *L = LI->getLoopFor(I->getParent());
4806     if (!L)
4807       continue;
4808 
4809     // Check if it has a preheader.
4810     BasicBlock *PreHeader = L->getLoopPreheader();
4811     if (!PreHeader)
4812       continue;
4813 
4814     // If the vector or the element that we insert into it are
4815     // instructions that are defined in this basic block then we can't
4816     // hoist this instruction.
4817     auto *Op0 = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(0));
4818     auto *Op1 = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(1));
4819     if (Op0 && L->contains(Op0))
4820       continue;
4821     if (Op1 && L->contains(Op1))
4822       continue;
4823 
4824     // We can hoist this instruction. Move it to the pre-header.
4825     I->moveBefore(PreHeader->getTerminator());
4826   }
4827 
4828   // Make a list of all reachable blocks in our CSE queue.
4829   SmallVector<const DomTreeNode *, 8> CSEWorkList;
4830   CSEWorkList.reserve(CSEBlocks.size());
4831   for (BasicBlock *BB : CSEBlocks)
4832     if (DomTreeNode *N = DT->getNode(BB)) {
4833       assert(DT->isReachableFromEntry(N));
4834       CSEWorkList.push_back(N);
4835     }
4836 
4837   // Sort blocks by domination. This ensures we visit a block after all blocks
4838   // dominating it are visited.
4839   llvm::stable_sort(CSEWorkList,
4840                     [this](const DomTreeNode *A, const DomTreeNode *B) {
4841                       return DT->properlyDominates(A, B);
4842                     });
4843 
4844   // Perform O(N^2) search over the gather sequences and merge identical
4845   // instructions. TODO: We can further optimize this scan if we split the
4846   // instructions into different buckets based on the insert lane.
4847   SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Visited;
4848   for (auto I = CSEWorkList.begin(), E = CSEWorkList.end(); I != E; ++I) {
4849     assert((I == CSEWorkList.begin() || !DT->dominates(*I, *std::prev(I))) &&
4850            "Worklist not sorted properly!");
4851     BasicBlock *BB = (*I)->getBlock();
4852     // For all instructions in blocks containing gather sequences:
4853     for (BasicBlock::iterator it = BB->begin(), e = BB->end(); it != e;) {
4854       Instruction *In = &*it++;
4855       if (isDeleted(In))
4856         continue;
4857       if (!isa<InsertElementInst>(In) && !isa<ExtractElementInst>(In))
4858         continue;
4859 
4860       // Check if we can replace this instruction with any of the
4861       // visited instructions.
4862       for (Instruction *v : Visited) {
4863         if (In->isIdenticalTo(v) &&
4864             DT->dominates(v->getParent(), In->getParent())) {
4865           In->replaceAllUsesWith(v);
4866           eraseInstruction(In);
4867           In = nullptr;
4868           break;
4869         }
4870       }
4871       if (In) {
4872         assert(!is_contained(Visited, In));
4873         Visited.push_back(In);
4874       }
4875     }
4876   }
4877   CSEBlocks.clear();
4878   GatherSeq.clear();
4879 }
4880 
4881 // Groups the instructions to a bundle (which is then a single scheduling entity)
4882 // and schedules instructions until the bundle gets ready.
4883 Optional<BoUpSLP::ScheduleData *>
4884 BoUpSLP::BlockScheduling::tryScheduleBundle(ArrayRef<Value *> VL, BoUpSLP *SLP,
4885                                             const InstructionsState &S) {
4886   if (isa<PHINode>(S.OpValue))
4887     return nullptr;
4888 
4889   // Initialize the instruction bundle.
4890   Instruction *OldScheduleEnd = ScheduleEnd;
4891   ScheduleData *PrevInBundle = nullptr;
4892   ScheduleData *Bundle = nullptr;
4893   bool ReSchedule = false;
4894   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP:  bundle: " << *S.OpValue << "\n");
4895 
4896   // Make sure that the scheduling region contains all
4897   // instructions of the bundle.
4898   for (Value *V : VL) {
4899     if (!extendSchedulingRegion(V, S))
4900       return None;
4901   }
4902 
4903   for (Value *V : VL) {
4904     ScheduleData *BundleMember = getScheduleData(V);
4905     assert(BundleMember &&
4906            "no ScheduleData for bundle member (maybe not in same basic block)");
4907     if (BundleMember->IsScheduled) {
4908       // A bundle member was scheduled as single instruction before and now
4909       // needs to be scheduled as part of the bundle. We just get rid of the
4910       // existing schedule.
4911       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP:  reset schedule because " << *BundleMember
4912                         << " was already scheduled\n");
4913       ReSchedule = true;
4914     }
4915     assert(BundleMember->isSchedulingEntity() &&
4916            "bundle member already part of other bundle");
4917     if (PrevInBundle) {
4918       PrevInBundle->NextInBundle = BundleMember;
4919     } else {
4920       Bundle = BundleMember;
4921     }
4922     BundleMember->UnscheduledDepsInBundle = 0;
4923     Bundle->UnscheduledDepsInBundle += BundleMember->UnscheduledDeps;
4924 
4925     // Group the instructions to a bundle.
4926     BundleMember->FirstInBundle = Bundle;
4927     PrevInBundle = BundleMember;
4928   }
4929   if (ScheduleEnd != OldScheduleEnd) {
4930     // The scheduling region got new instructions at the lower end (or it is a
4931     // new region for the first bundle). This makes it necessary to
4932     // recalculate all dependencies.
4933     // It is seldom that this needs to be done a second time after adding the
4934     // initial bundle to the region.
4935     for (auto *I = ScheduleStart; I != ScheduleEnd; I = I->getNextNode()) {
4936       doForAllOpcodes(I, [](ScheduleData *SD) {
4937         SD->clearDependencies();
4938       });
4939     }
4940     ReSchedule = true;
4941   }
4942   if (ReSchedule) {
4943     resetSchedule();
4944     initialFillReadyList(ReadyInsts);
4945   }
4946   assert(Bundle && "Failed to find schedule bundle");
4947 
4948   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: try schedule bundle " << *Bundle << " in block "
4949                     << BB->getName() << "\n");
4950 
4951   calculateDependencies(Bundle, true, SLP);
4952 
4953   // Now try to schedule the new bundle. As soon as the bundle is "ready" it
4954   // means that there are no cyclic dependencies and we can schedule it.
4955   // Note that's important that we don't "schedule" the bundle yet (see
4956   // cancelScheduling).
4957   while (!Bundle->isReady() && !ReadyInsts.empty()) {
4958 
4959     ScheduleData *pickedSD = ReadyInsts.back();
4960     ReadyInsts.pop_back();
4961 
4962     if (pickedSD->isSchedulingEntity() && pickedSD->isReady()) {
4963       schedule(pickedSD, ReadyInsts);
4964     }
4965   }
4966   if (!Bundle->isReady()) {
4967     cancelScheduling(VL, S.OpValue);
4968     return None;
4969   }
4970   return Bundle;
4971 }
4972 
4973 void BoUpSLP::BlockScheduling::cancelScheduling(ArrayRef<Value *> VL,
4974                                                 Value *OpValue) {
4975   if (isa<PHINode>(OpValue))
4976     return;
4977 
4978   ScheduleData *Bundle = getScheduleData(OpValue);
4979   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP:  cancel scheduling of " << *Bundle << "\n");
4980   assert(!Bundle->IsScheduled &&
4981          "Can't cancel bundle which is already scheduled");
4982   assert(Bundle->isSchedulingEntity() && Bundle->isPartOfBundle() &&
4983          "tried to unbundle something which is not a bundle");
4984 
4985   // Un-bundle: make single instructions out of the bundle.
4986   ScheduleData *BundleMember = Bundle;
4987   while (BundleMember) {
4988     assert(BundleMember->FirstInBundle == Bundle && "corrupt bundle links");
4989     BundleMember->FirstInBundle = BundleMember;
4990     ScheduleData *Next = BundleMember->NextInBundle;
4991     BundleMember->NextInBundle = nullptr;
4992     BundleMember->UnscheduledDepsInBundle = BundleMember->UnscheduledDeps;
4993     if (BundleMember->UnscheduledDepsInBundle == 0) {
4994       ReadyInsts.insert(BundleMember);
4995     }
4996     BundleMember = Next;
4997   }
4998 }
4999 
5000 BoUpSLP::ScheduleData *BoUpSLP::BlockScheduling::allocateScheduleDataChunks() {
5001   // Allocate a new ScheduleData for the instruction.
5002   if (ChunkPos >= ChunkSize) {
5003     ScheduleDataChunks.push_back(std::make_unique<ScheduleData[]>(ChunkSize));
5004     ChunkPos = 0;
5005   }
5006   return &(ScheduleDataChunks.back()[ChunkPos++]);
5007 }
5008 
5009 bool BoUpSLP::BlockScheduling::extendSchedulingRegion(Value *V,
5010                                                       const InstructionsState &S) {
5011   if (getScheduleData(V, isOneOf(S, V)))
5012     return true;
5013   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
5014   assert(I && "bundle member must be an instruction");
5015   assert(!isa<PHINode>(I) && "phi nodes don't need to be scheduled");
5016   auto &&CheckSheduleForI = [this, &S](Instruction *I) -> bool {
5017     ScheduleData *ISD = getScheduleData(I);
5018     if (!ISD)
5019       return false;
5020     assert(isInSchedulingRegion(ISD) &&
5021            "ScheduleData not in scheduling region");
5022     ScheduleData *SD = allocateScheduleDataChunks();
5023     SD->Inst = I;
5024     SD->init(SchedulingRegionID, S.OpValue);
5025     ExtraScheduleDataMap[I][S.OpValue] = SD;
5026     return true;
5027   };
5028   if (CheckSheduleForI(I))
5029     return true;
5030   if (!ScheduleStart) {
5031     // It's the first instruction in the new region.
5032     initScheduleData(I, I->getNextNode(), nullptr, nullptr);
5033     ScheduleStart = I;
5034     ScheduleEnd = I->getNextNode();
5035     if (isOneOf(S, I) != I)
5036       CheckSheduleForI(I);
5037     assert(ScheduleEnd && "tried to vectorize a terminator?");
5038     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP:  initialize schedule region to " << *I << "\n");
5039     return true;
5040   }
5041   // Search up and down at the same time, because we don't know if the new
5042   // instruction is above or below the existing scheduling region.
5043   BasicBlock::reverse_iterator UpIter =
5044       ++ScheduleStart->getIterator().getReverse();
5045   BasicBlock::reverse_iterator UpperEnd = BB->rend();
5046   BasicBlock::iterator DownIter = ScheduleEnd->getIterator();
5047   BasicBlock::iterator LowerEnd = BB->end();
5048   while (true) {
5049     if (++ScheduleRegionSize > ScheduleRegionSizeLimit) {
5050       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP:  exceeded schedule region size limit\n");
5051       return false;
5052     }
5053 
5054     if (UpIter != UpperEnd) {
5055       if (&*UpIter == I) {
5056         initScheduleData(I, ScheduleStart, nullptr, FirstLoadStoreInRegion);
5057         ScheduleStart = I;
5058         if (isOneOf(S, I) != I)
5059           CheckSheduleForI(I);
5060         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP:  extend schedule region start to " << *I
5061                           << "\n");
5062         return true;
5063       }
5064       ++UpIter;
5065     }
5066     if (DownIter != LowerEnd) {
5067       if (&*DownIter == I) {
5068         initScheduleData(ScheduleEnd, I->getNextNode(), LastLoadStoreInRegion,
5069                          nullptr);
5070         ScheduleEnd = I->getNextNode();
5071         if (isOneOf(S, I) != I)
5072           CheckSheduleForI(I);
5073         assert(ScheduleEnd && "tried to vectorize a terminator?");
5074         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP:  extend schedule region end to " << *I
5075                           << "\n");
5076         return true;
5077       }
5078       ++DownIter;
5079     }
5080     assert((UpIter != UpperEnd || DownIter != LowerEnd) &&
5081            "instruction not found in block");
5082   }
5083   return true;
5084 }
5085 
5086 void BoUpSLP::BlockScheduling::initScheduleData(Instruction *FromI,
5087                                                 Instruction *ToI,
5088                                                 ScheduleData *PrevLoadStore,
5089                                                 ScheduleData *NextLoadStore) {
5090   ScheduleData *CurrentLoadStore = PrevLoadStore;
5091   for (Instruction *I = FromI; I != ToI; I = I->getNextNode()) {
5092     ScheduleData *SD = ScheduleDataMap[I];
5093     if (!SD) {
5094       SD = allocateScheduleDataChunks();
5095       ScheduleDataMap[I] = SD;
5096       SD->Inst = I;
5097     }
5098     assert(!isInSchedulingRegion(SD) &&
5099            "new ScheduleData already in scheduling region");
5100     SD->init(SchedulingRegionID, I);
5101 
5102     if (I->mayReadOrWriteMemory() &&
5103         (!isa<IntrinsicInst>(I) ||
5104          cast<IntrinsicInst>(I)->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::sideeffect)) {
5105       // Update the linked list of memory accessing instructions.
5106       if (CurrentLoadStore) {
5107         CurrentLoadStore->NextLoadStore = SD;
5108       } else {
5109         FirstLoadStoreInRegion = SD;
5110       }
5111       CurrentLoadStore = SD;
5112     }
5113   }
5114   if (NextLoadStore) {
5115     if (CurrentLoadStore)
5116       CurrentLoadStore->NextLoadStore = NextLoadStore;
5117   } else {
5118     LastLoadStoreInRegion = CurrentLoadStore;
5119   }
5120 }
5121 
5122 void BoUpSLP::BlockScheduling::calculateDependencies(ScheduleData *SD,
5123                                                      bool InsertInReadyList,
5124                                                      BoUpSLP *SLP) {
5125   assert(SD->isSchedulingEntity());
5126 
5127   SmallVector<ScheduleData *, 10> WorkList;
5128   WorkList.push_back(SD);
5129 
5130   while (!WorkList.empty()) {
5131     ScheduleData *SD = WorkList.back();
5132     WorkList.pop_back();
5133 
5134     ScheduleData *BundleMember = SD;
5135     while (BundleMember) {
5136       assert(isInSchedulingRegion(BundleMember));
5137       if (!BundleMember->hasValidDependencies()) {
5138 
5139         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP:       update deps of " << *BundleMember
5140                           << "\n");
5141         BundleMember->Dependencies = 0;
5142         BundleMember->resetUnscheduledDeps();
5143 
5144         // Handle def-use chain dependencies.
5145         if (BundleMember->OpValue != BundleMember->Inst) {
5146           ScheduleData *UseSD = getScheduleData(BundleMember->Inst);
5147           if (UseSD && isInSchedulingRegion(UseSD->FirstInBundle)) {
5148             BundleMember->Dependencies++;
5149             ScheduleData *DestBundle = UseSD->FirstInBundle;
5150             if (!DestBundle->IsScheduled)
5151               BundleMember->incrementUnscheduledDeps(1);
5152             if (!DestBundle->hasValidDependencies())
5153               WorkList.push_back(DestBundle);
5154           }
5155         } else {
5156           for (User *U : BundleMember->Inst->users()) {
5157             if (isa<Instruction>(U)) {
5158               ScheduleData *UseSD = getScheduleData(U);
5159               if (UseSD && isInSchedulingRegion(UseSD->FirstInBundle)) {
5160                 BundleMember->Dependencies++;
5161                 ScheduleData *DestBundle = UseSD->FirstInBundle;
5162                 if (!DestBundle->IsScheduled)
5163                   BundleMember->incrementUnscheduledDeps(1);
5164                 if (!DestBundle->hasValidDependencies())
5165                   WorkList.push_back(DestBundle);
5166               }
5167             } else {
5168               // I'm not sure if this can ever happen. But we need to be safe.
5169               // This lets the instruction/bundle never be scheduled and
5170               // eventually disable vectorization.
5171               BundleMember->Dependencies++;
5172               BundleMember->incrementUnscheduledDeps(1);
5173             }
5174           }
5175         }
5176 
5177         // Handle the memory dependencies.
5178         ScheduleData *DepDest = BundleMember->NextLoadStore;
5179         if (DepDest) {
5180           Instruction *SrcInst = BundleMember->Inst;
5181           MemoryLocation SrcLoc = getLocation(SrcInst, SLP->AA);
5182           bool SrcMayWrite = BundleMember->Inst->mayWriteToMemory();
5183           unsigned numAliased = 0;
5184           unsigned DistToSrc = 1;
5185 
5186           while (DepDest) {
5187             assert(isInSchedulingRegion(DepDest));
5188 
5189             // We have two limits to reduce the complexity:
5190             // 1) AliasedCheckLimit: It's a small limit to reduce calls to
5191             //    SLP->isAliased (which is the expensive part in this loop).
5192             // 2) MaxMemDepDistance: It's for very large blocks and it aborts
5193             //    the whole loop (even if the loop is fast, it's quadratic).
5194             //    It's important for the loop break condition (see below) to
5195             //    check this limit even between two read-only instructions.
5196             if (DistToSrc >= MaxMemDepDistance ||
5197                     ((SrcMayWrite || DepDest->Inst->mayWriteToMemory()) &&
5198                      (numAliased >= AliasedCheckLimit ||
5199                       SLP->isAliased(SrcLoc, SrcInst, DepDest->Inst)))) {
5200 
5201               // We increment the counter only if the locations are aliased
5202               // (instead of counting all alias checks). This gives a better
5203               // balance between reduced runtime and accurate dependencies.
5204               numAliased++;
5205 
5206               DepDest->MemoryDependencies.push_back(BundleMember);
5207               BundleMember->Dependencies++;
5208               ScheduleData *DestBundle = DepDest->FirstInBundle;
5209               if (!DestBundle->IsScheduled) {
5210                 BundleMember->incrementUnscheduledDeps(1);
5211               }
5212               if (!DestBundle->hasValidDependencies()) {
5213                 WorkList.push_back(DestBundle);
5214               }
5215             }
5216             DepDest = DepDest->NextLoadStore;
5217 
5218             // Example, explaining the loop break condition: Let's assume our
5219             // starting instruction is i0 and MaxMemDepDistance = 3.
5220             //
5221             //                      +--------v--v--v
5222             //             i0,i1,i2,i3,i4,i5,i6,i7,i8
5223             //             +--------^--^--^
5224             //
5225             // MaxMemDepDistance let us stop alias-checking at i3 and we add
5226             // dependencies from i0 to i3,i4,.. (even if they are not aliased).
5227             // Previously we already added dependencies from i3 to i6,i7,i8
5228             // (because of MaxMemDepDistance). As we added a dependency from
5229             // i0 to i3, we have transitive dependencies from i0 to i6,i7,i8
5230             // and we can abort this loop at i6.
5231             if (DistToSrc >= 2 * MaxMemDepDistance)
5232               break;
5233             DistToSrc++;
5234           }
5235         }
5236       }
5237       BundleMember = BundleMember->NextInBundle;
5238     }
5239     if (InsertInReadyList && SD->isReady()) {
5240       ReadyInsts.push_back(SD);
5241       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP:     gets ready on update: " << *SD->Inst
5242                         << "\n");
5243     }
5244   }
5245 }
5246 
5247 void BoUpSLP::BlockScheduling::resetSchedule() {
5248   assert(ScheduleStart &&
5249          "tried to reset schedule on block which has not been scheduled");
5250   for (Instruction *I = ScheduleStart; I != ScheduleEnd; I = I->getNextNode()) {
5251     doForAllOpcodes(I, [&](ScheduleData *SD) {
5252       assert(isInSchedulingRegion(SD) &&
5253              "ScheduleData not in scheduling region");
5254       SD->IsScheduled = false;
5255       SD->resetUnscheduledDeps();
5256     });
5257   }
5258   ReadyInsts.clear();
5259 }
5260 
5261 void BoUpSLP::scheduleBlock(BlockScheduling *BS) {
5262   if (!BS->ScheduleStart)
5263     return;
5264 
5265   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: schedule block " << BS->BB->getName() << "\n");
5266 
5267   BS->resetSchedule();
5268 
5269   // For the real scheduling we use a more sophisticated ready-list: it is
5270   // sorted by the original instruction location. This lets the final schedule
5271   // be as  close as possible to the original instruction order.
5272   struct ScheduleDataCompare {
5273     bool operator()(ScheduleData *SD1, ScheduleData *SD2) const {
5274       return SD2->SchedulingPriority < SD1->SchedulingPriority;
5275     }
5276   };
5277   std::set<ScheduleData *, ScheduleDataCompare> ReadyInsts;
5278 
5279   // Ensure that all dependency data is updated and fill the ready-list with
5280   // initial instructions.
5281   int Idx = 0;
5282   int NumToSchedule = 0;
5283   for (auto *I = BS->ScheduleStart; I != BS->ScheduleEnd;
5284        I = I->getNextNode()) {
5285     BS->doForAllOpcodes(I, [this, &Idx, &NumToSchedule, BS](ScheduleData *SD) {
5286       assert(SD->isPartOfBundle() ==
5287                  (getTreeEntry(SD->Inst) != nullptr) &&
5288              "scheduler and vectorizer bundle mismatch");
5289       SD->FirstInBundle->SchedulingPriority = Idx++;
5290       if (SD->isSchedulingEntity()) {
5291         BS->calculateDependencies(SD, false, this);
5292         NumToSchedule++;
5293       }
5294     });
5295   }
5296   BS->initialFillReadyList(ReadyInsts);
5297 
5298   Instruction *LastScheduledInst = BS->ScheduleEnd;
5299 
5300   // Do the "real" scheduling.
5301   while (!ReadyInsts.empty()) {
5302     ScheduleData *picked = *ReadyInsts.begin();
5303     ReadyInsts.erase(ReadyInsts.begin());
5304 
5305     // Move the scheduled instruction(s) to their dedicated places, if not
5306     // there yet.
5307     ScheduleData *BundleMember = picked;
5308     while (BundleMember) {
5309       Instruction *pickedInst = BundleMember->Inst;
5310       if (LastScheduledInst->getNextNode() != pickedInst) {
5311         BS->BB->getInstList().remove(pickedInst);
5312         BS->BB->getInstList().insert(LastScheduledInst->getIterator(),
5313                                      pickedInst);
5314       }
5315       LastScheduledInst = pickedInst;
5316       BundleMember = BundleMember->NextInBundle;
5317     }
5318 
5319     BS->schedule(picked, ReadyInsts);
5320     NumToSchedule--;
5321   }
5322   assert(NumToSchedule == 0 && "could not schedule all instructions");
5323 
5324   // Avoid duplicate scheduling of the block.
5325   BS->ScheduleStart = nullptr;
5326 }
5327 
5328 unsigned BoUpSLP::getVectorElementSize(Value *V) {
5329   // If V is a store, just return the width of the stored value without
5330   // traversing the expression tree. This is the common case.
5331   if (auto *Store = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(V))
5332     return DL->getTypeSizeInBits(Store->getValueOperand()->getType());
5333 
5334   auto E = InstrElementSize.find(V);
5335   if (E != InstrElementSize.end())
5336     return E->second;
5337 
5338   // If V is not a store, we can traverse the expression tree to find loads
5339   // that feed it. The type of the loaded value may indicate a more suitable
5340   // width than V's type. We want to base the vector element size on the width
5341   // of memory operations where possible.
5342   SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
5343   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 16> Visited;
5344   if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
5345     Worklist.push_back(I);
5346     Visited.insert(I);
5347   }
5348 
5349   // Traverse the expression tree in bottom-up order looking for loads. If we
5350   // encounter an instruction we don't yet handle, we give up.
5351   auto MaxWidth = 0u;
5352   auto FoundUnknownInst = false;
5353   while (!Worklist.empty() && !FoundUnknownInst) {
5354     auto *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
5355 
5356     // We should only be looking at scalar instructions here. If the current
5357     // instruction has a vector type, give up.
5358     auto *Ty = I->getType();
5359     if (isa<VectorType>(Ty))
5360       FoundUnknownInst = true;
5361 
5362     // If the current instruction is a load, update MaxWidth to reflect the
5363     // width of the loaded value.
5364     else if (isa<LoadInst>(I))
5365       MaxWidth = std::max<unsigned>(MaxWidth, DL->getTypeSizeInBits(Ty));
5366 
5367     // Otherwise, we need to visit the operands of the instruction. We only
5368     // handle the interesting cases from buildTree here. If an operand is an
5369     // instruction we haven't yet visited, we add it to the worklist.
5370     else if (isa<PHINode>(I) || isa<CastInst>(I) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) ||
5371              isa<CmpInst>(I) || isa<SelectInst>(I) || isa<BinaryOperator>(I)) {
5372       for (Use &U : I->operands())
5373         if (auto *J = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U.get()))
5374           if (Visited.insert(J).second)
5375             Worklist.push_back(J);
5376     }
5377 
5378     // If we don't yet handle the instruction, give up.
5379     else
5380       FoundUnknownInst = true;
5381   }
5382 
5383   int Width = MaxWidth;
5384   // If we didn't encounter a memory access in the expression tree, or if we
5385   // gave up for some reason, just return the width of V. Otherwise, return the
5386   // maximum width we found.
5387   if (!MaxWidth || FoundUnknownInst)
5388     Width = DL->getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType());
5389 
5390   for (Instruction *I : Visited)
5391     InstrElementSize[I] = Width;
5392 
5393   return Width;
5394 }
5395 
5396 // Determine if a value V in a vectorizable expression Expr can be demoted to a
5397 // smaller type with a truncation. We collect the values that will be demoted
5398 // in ToDemote and additional roots that require investigating in Roots.
5399 static bool collectValuesToDemote(Value *V, SmallPtrSetImpl<Value *> &Expr,
5400                                   SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &ToDemote,
5401                                   SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Roots) {
5402   // We can always demote constants.
5403   if (isa<Constant>(V)) {
5404     ToDemote.push_back(V);
5405     return true;
5406   }
5407 
5408   // If the value is not an instruction in the expression with only one use, it
5409   // cannot be demoted.
5410   auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
5411   if (!I || !I->hasOneUse() || !Expr.count(I))
5412     return false;
5413 
5414   switch (I->getOpcode()) {
5415 
5416   // We can always demote truncations and extensions. Since truncations can
5417   // seed additional demotion, we save the truncated value.
5418   case Instruction::Trunc:
5419     Roots.push_back(I->getOperand(0));
5420     break;
5421   case Instruction::ZExt:
5422   case Instruction::SExt:
5423     break;
5424 
5425   // We can demote certain binary operations if we can demote both of their
5426   // operands.
5427   case Instruction::Add:
5428   case Instruction::Sub:
5429   case Instruction::Mul:
5430   case Instruction::And:
5431   case Instruction::Or:
5432   case Instruction::Xor:
5433     if (!collectValuesToDemote(I->getOperand(0), Expr, ToDemote, Roots) ||
5434         !collectValuesToDemote(I->getOperand(1), Expr, ToDemote, Roots))
5435       return false;
5436     break;
5437 
5438   // We can demote selects if we can demote their true and false values.
5439   case Instruction::Select: {
5440     SelectInst *SI = cast<SelectInst>(I);
5441     if (!collectValuesToDemote(SI->getTrueValue(), Expr, ToDemote, Roots) ||
5442         !collectValuesToDemote(SI->getFalseValue(), Expr, ToDemote, Roots))
5443       return false;
5444     break;
5445   }
5446 
5447   // We can demote phis if we can demote all their incoming operands. Note that
5448   // we don't need to worry about cycles since we ensure single use above.
5449   case Instruction::PHI: {
5450     PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(I);
5451     for (Value *IncValue : PN->incoming_values())
5452       if (!collectValuesToDemote(IncValue, Expr, ToDemote, Roots))
5453         return false;
5454     break;
5455   }
5456 
5457   // Otherwise, conservatively give up.
5458   default:
5459     return false;
5460   }
5461 
5462   // Record the value that we can demote.
5463   ToDemote.push_back(V);
5464   return true;
5465 }
5466 
5467 void BoUpSLP::computeMinimumValueSizes() {
5468   // If there are no external uses, the expression tree must be rooted by a
5469   // store. We can't demote in-memory values, so there is nothing to do here.
5470   if (ExternalUses.empty())
5471     return;
5472 
5473   // We only attempt to truncate integer expressions.
5474   auto &TreeRoot = VectorizableTree[0]->Scalars;
5475   auto *TreeRootIT = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(TreeRoot[0]->getType());
5476   if (!TreeRootIT)
5477     return;
5478 
5479   // If the expression is not rooted by a store, these roots should have
5480   // external uses. We will rely on InstCombine to rewrite the expression in
5481   // the narrower type. However, InstCombine only rewrites single-use values.
5482   // This means that if a tree entry other than a root is used externally, it
5483   // must have multiple uses and InstCombine will not rewrite it. The code
5484   // below ensures that only the roots are used externally.
5485   SmallPtrSet<Value *, 32> Expr(TreeRoot.begin(), TreeRoot.end());
5486   for (auto &EU : ExternalUses)
5487     if (!Expr.erase(EU.Scalar))
5488       return;
5489   if (!Expr.empty())
5490     return;
5491 
5492   // Collect the scalar values of the vectorizable expression. We will use this
5493   // context to determine which values can be demoted. If we see a truncation,
5494   // we mark it as seeding another demotion.
5495   for (auto &EntryPtr : VectorizableTree)
5496     Expr.insert(EntryPtr->Scalars.begin(), EntryPtr->Scalars.end());
5497 
5498   // Ensure the roots of the vectorizable tree don't form a cycle. They must
5499   // have a single external user that is not in the vectorizable tree.
5500   for (auto *Root : TreeRoot)
5501     if (!Root->hasOneUse() || Expr.count(*Root->user_begin()))
5502       return;
5503 
5504   // Conservatively determine if we can actually truncate the roots of the
5505   // expression. Collect the values that can be demoted in ToDemote and
5506   // additional roots that require investigating in Roots.
5507   SmallVector<Value *, 32> ToDemote;
5508   SmallVector<Value *, 4> Roots;
5509   for (auto *Root : TreeRoot)
5510     if (!collectValuesToDemote(Root, Expr, ToDemote, Roots))
5511       return;
5512 
5513   // The maximum bit width required to represent all the values that can be
5514   // demoted without loss of precision. It would be safe to truncate the roots
5515   // of the expression to this width.
5516   auto MaxBitWidth = 8u;
5517 
5518   // We first check if all the bits of the roots are demanded. If they're not,
5519   // we can truncate the roots to this narrower type.
5520   for (auto *Root : TreeRoot) {
5521     auto Mask = DB->getDemandedBits(cast<Instruction>(Root));
5522     MaxBitWidth = std::max<unsigned>(
5523         Mask.getBitWidth() - Mask.countLeadingZeros(), MaxBitWidth);
5524   }
5525 
5526   // True if the roots can be zero-extended back to their original type, rather
5527   // than sign-extended. We know that if the leading bits are not demanded, we
5528   // can safely zero-extend. So we initialize IsKnownPositive to True.
5529   bool IsKnownPositive = true;
5530 
5531   // If all the bits of the roots are demanded, we can try a little harder to
5532   // compute a narrower type. This can happen, for example, if the roots are
5533   // getelementptr indices. InstCombine promotes these indices to the pointer
5534   // width. Thus, all their bits are technically demanded even though the
5535   // address computation might be vectorized in a smaller type.
5536   //
5537   // We start by looking at each entry that can be demoted. We compute the
5538   // maximum bit width required to store the scalar by using ValueTracking to
5539   // compute the number of high-order bits we can truncate.
5540   if (MaxBitWidth == DL->getTypeSizeInBits(TreeRoot[0]->getType()) &&
5541       llvm::all_of(TreeRoot, [](Value *R) {
5542         assert(R->hasOneUse() && "Root should have only one use!");
5543         return isa<GetElementPtrInst>(R->user_back());
5544       })) {
5545     MaxBitWidth = 8u;
5546 
5547     // Determine if the sign bit of all the roots is known to be zero. If not,
5548     // IsKnownPositive is set to False.
5549     IsKnownPositive = llvm::all_of(TreeRoot, [&](Value *R) {
5550       KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(R, *DL);
5551       return Known.isNonNegative();
5552     });
5553 
5554     // Determine the maximum number of bits required to store the scalar
5555     // values.
5556     for (auto *Scalar : ToDemote) {
5557       auto NumSignBits = ComputeNumSignBits(Scalar, *DL, 0, AC, nullptr, DT);
5558       auto NumTypeBits = DL->getTypeSizeInBits(Scalar->getType());
5559       MaxBitWidth = std::max<unsigned>(NumTypeBits - NumSignBits, MaxBitWidth);
5560     }
5561 
5562     // If we can't prove that the sign bit is zero, we must add one to the
5563     // maximum bit width to account for the unknown sign bit. This preserves
5564     // the existing sign bit so we can safely sign-extend the root back to the
5565     // original type. Otherwise, if we know the sign bit is zero, we will
5566     // zero-extend the root instead.
5567     //
5568     // FIXME: This is somewhat suboptimal, as there will be cases where adding
5569     //        one to the maximum bit width will yield a larger-than-necessary
5570     //        type. In general, we need to add an extra bit only if we can't
5571     //        prove that the upper bit of the original type is equal to the
5572     //        upper bit of the proposed smaller type. If these two bits are the
5573     //        same (either zero or one) we know that sign-extending from the
5574     //        smaller type will result in the same value. Here, since we can't
5575     //        yet prove this, we are just making the proposed smaller type
5576     //        larger to ensure correctness.
5577     if (!IsKnownPositive)
5578       ++MaxBitWidth;
5579   }
5580 
5581   // Round MaxBitWidth up to the next power-of-two.
5582   if (!isPowerOf2_64(MaxBitWidth))
5583     MaxBitWidth = NextPowerOf2(MaxBitWidth);
5584 
5585   // If the maximum bit width we compute is less than the with of the roots'
5586   // type, we can proceed with the narrowing. Otherwise, do nothing.
5587   if (MaxBitWidth >= TreeRootIT->getBitWidth())
5588     return;
5589 
5590   // If we can truncate the root, we must collect additional values that might
5591   // be demoted as a result. That is, those seeded by truncations we will
5592   // modify.
5593   while (!Roots.empty())
5594     collectValuesToDemote(Roots.pop_back_val(), Expr, ToDemote, Roots);
5595 
5596   // Finally, map the values we can demote to the maximum bit with we computed.
5597   for (auto *Scalar : ToDemote)
5598     MinBWs[Scalar] = std::make_pair(MaxBitWidth, !IsKnownPositive);
5599 }
5600 
5601 namespace {
5602 
5603 /// The SLPVectorizer Pass.
5604 struct SLPVectorizer : public FunctionPass {
5605   SLPVectorizerPass Impl;
5606 
5607   /// Pass identification, replacement for typeid
5608   static char ID;
5609 
5610   explicit SLPVectorizer() : FunctionPass(ID) {
5611     initializeSLPVectorizerPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
5612   }
5613 
5614   bool doInitialization(Module &M) override {
5615     return false;
5616   }
5617 
5618   bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override {
5619     if (skipFunction(F))
5620       return false;
5621 
5622     auto *SE = &getAnalysis<ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass>().getSE();
5623     auto *TTI = &getAnalysis<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>().getTTI(F);
5624     auto *TLIP = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>();
5625     auto *TLI = TLIP ? &TLIP->getTLI(F) : nullptr;
5626     auto *AA = &getAnalysis<AAResultsWrapperPass>().getAAResults();
5627     auto *LI = &getAnalysis<LoopInfoWrapperPass>().getLoopInfo();
5628     auto *DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree();
5629     auto *AC = &getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F);
5630     auto *DB = &getAnalysis<DemandedBitsWrapperPass>().getDemandedBits();
5631     auto *ORE = &getAnalysis<OptimizationRemarkEmitterWrapperPass>().getORE();
5632 
5633     return Impl.runImpl(F, SE, TTI, TLI, AA, LI, DT, AC, DB, ORE);
5634   }
5635 
5636   void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override {
5637     FunctionPass::getAnalysisUsage(AU);
5638     AU.addRequired<AssumptionCacheTracker>();
5639     AU.addRequired<ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass>();
5640     AU.addRequired<AAResultsWrapperPass>();
5641     AU.addRequired<TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass>();
5642     AU.addRequired<LoopInfoWrapperPass>();
5643     AU.addRequired<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
5644     AU.addRequired<DemandedBitsWrapperPass>();
5645     AU.addRequired<OptimizationRemarkEmitterWrapperPass>();
5646     AU.addRequired<InjectTLIMappingsLegacy>();
5647     AU.addPreserved<LoopInfoWrapperPass>();
5648     AU.addPreserved<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
5649     AU.addPreserved<AAResultsWrapperPass>();
5650     AU.addPreserved<GlobalsAAWrapperPass>();
5651     AU.setPreservesCFG();
5652   }
5653 };
5654 
5655 } // end anonymous namespace
5656 
5657 PreservedAnalyses SLPVectorizerPass::run(Function &F, FunctionAnalysisManager &AM) {
5658   auto *SE = &AM.getResult<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>(F);
5659   auto *TTI = &AM.getResult<TargetIRAnalysis>(F);
5660   auto *TLI = AM.getCachedResult<TargetLibraryAnalysis>(F);
5661   auto *AA = &AM.getResult<AAManager>(F);
5662   auto *LI = &AM.getResult<LoopAnalysis>(F);
5663   auto *DT = &AM.getResult<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F);
5664   auto *AC = &AM.getResult<AssumptionAnalysis>(F);
5665   auto *DB = &AM.getResult<DemandedBitsAnalysis>(F);
5666   auto *ORE = &AM.getResult<OptimizationRemarkEmitterAnalysis>(F);
5667 
5668   bool Changed = runImpl(F, SE, TTI, TLI, AA, LI, DT, AC, DB, ORE);
5669   if (!Changed)
5670     return PreservedAnalyses::all();
5671 
5672   PreservedAnalyses PA;
5673   PA.preserveSet<CFGAnalyses>();
5674   PA.preserve<AAManager>();
5675   PA.preserve<GlobalsAA>();
5676   return PA;
5677 }
5678 
5679 bool SLPVectorizerPass::runImpl(Function &F, ScalarEvolution *SE_,
5680                                 TargetTransformInfo *TTI_,
5681                                 TargetLibraryInfo *TLI_, AliasAnalysis *AA_,
5682                                 LoopInfo *LI_, DominatorTree *DT_,
5683                                 AssumptionCache *AC_, DemandedBits *DB_,
5684                                 OptimizationRemarkEmitter *ORE_) {
5685   if (!RunSLPVectorization)
5686     return false;
5687   SE = SE_;
5688   TTI = TTI_;
5689   TLI = TLI_;
5690   AA = AA_;
5691   LI = LI_;
5692   DT = DT_;
5693   AC = AC_;
5694   DB = DB_;
5695   DL = &F.getParent()->getDataLayout();
5696 
5697   Stores.clear();
5698   GEPs.clear();
5699   bool Changed = false;
5700 
5701   // If the target claims to have no vector registers don't attempt
5702   // vectorization.
5703   if (!TTI->getNumberOfRegisters(TTI->getRegisterClassForType(true)))
5704     return false;
5705 
5706   // Don't vectorize when the attribute NoImplicitFloat is used.
5707   if (F.hasFnAttribute(Attribute::NoImplicitFloat))
5708     return false;
5709 
5710   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Analyzing blocks in " << F.getName() << ".\n");
5711 
5712   // Use the bottom up slp vectorizer to construct chains that start with
5713   // store instructions.
5714   BoUpSLP R(&F, SE, TTI, TLI, AA, LI, DT, AC, DB, DL, ORE_);
5715 
5716   // A general note: the vectorizer must use BoUpSLP::eraseInstruction() to
5717   // delete instructions.
5718 
5719   // Scan the blocks in the function in post order.
5720   for (auto BB : post_order(&F.getEntryBlock())) {
5721     collectSeedInstructions(BB);
5722 
5723     // Vectorize trees that end at stores.
5724     if (!Stores.empty()) {
5725       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Found stores for " << Stores.size()
5726                         << " underlying objects.\n");
5727       Changed |= vectorizeStoreChains(R);
5728     }
5729 
5730     // Vectorize trees that end at reductions.
5731     Changed |= vectorizeChainsInBlock(BB, R);
5732 
5733     // Vectorize the index computations of getelementptr instructions. This
5734     // is primarily intended to catch gather-like idioms ending at
5735     // non-consecutive loads.
5736     if (!GEPs.empty()) {
5737       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Found GEPs for " << GEPs.size()
5738                         << " underlying objects.\n");
5739       Changed |= vectorizeGEPIndices(BB, R);
5740     }
5741   }
5742 
5743   if (Changed) {
5744     R.optimizeGatherSequence();
5745     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: vectorized \"" << F.getName() << "\"\n");
5746     LLVM_DEBUG(verifyFunction(F));
5747   }
5748   return Changed;
5749 }
5750 
5751 bool SLPVectorizerPass::vectorizeStoreChain(ArrayRef<Value *> Chain, BoUpSLP &R,
5752                                             unsigned Idx) {
5753   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Analyzing a store chain of length " << Chain.size()
5754                     << "\n");
5755   const unsigned Sz = R.getVectorElementSize(Chain[0]);
5756   const unsigned MinVF = R.getMinVecRegSize() / Sz;
5757   unsigned VF = Chain.size();
5758 
5759   if (!isPowerOf2_32(Sz) || !isPowerOf2_32(VF) || VF < 2 || VF < MinVF)
5760     return false;
5761 
5762   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Analyzing " << VF << " stores at offset " << Idx
5763                     << "\n");
5764 
5765   R.buildTree(Chain);
5766   Optional<ArrayRef<unsigned>> Order = R.bestOrder();
5767   // TODO: Handle orders of size less than number of elements in the vector.
5768   if (Order && Order->size() == Chain.size()) {
5769     // TODO: reorder tree nodes without tree rebuilding.
5770     SmallVector<Value *, 4> ReorderedOps(Chain.rbegin(), Chain.rend());
5771     llvm::transform(*Order, ReorderedOps.begin(),
5772                     [Chain](const unsigned Idx) { return Chain[Idx]; });
5773     R.buildTree(ReorderedOps);
5774   }
5775   if (R.isTreeTinyAndNotFullyVectorizable())
5776     return false;
5777   if (R.isLoadCombineCandidate())
5778     return false;
5779 
5780   R.computeMinimumValueSizes();
5781 
5782   int Cost = R.getTreeCost();
5783 
5784   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Found cost=" << Cost << " for VF=" << VF << "\n");
5785   if (Cost < -SLPCostThreshold) {
5786     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Decided to vectorize cost=" << Cost << "\n");
5787 
5788     using namespace ore;
5789 
5790     R.getORE()->emit(OptimizationRemark(SV_NAME, "StoresVectorized",
5791                                         cast<StoreInst>(Chain[0]))
5792                      << "Stores SLP vectorized with cost " << NV("Cost", Cost)
5793                      << " and with tree size "
5794                      << NV("TreeSize", R.getTreeSize()));
5795 
5796     R.vectorizeTree();
5797     return true;
5798   }
5799 
5800   return false;
5801 }
5802 
5803 bool SLPVectorizerPass::vectorizeStores(ArrayRef<StoreInst *> Stores,
5804                                         BoUpSLP &R) {
5805   // We may run into multiple chains that merge into a single chain. We mark the
5806   // stores that we vectorized so that we don't visit the same store twice.
5807   BoUpSLP::ValueSet VectorizedStores;
5808   bool Changed = false;
5809 
5810   int E = Stores.size();
5811   SmallBitVector Tails(E, false);
5812   SmallVector<int, 16> ConsecutiveChain(E, E + 1);
5813   int MaxIter = MaxStoreLookup.getValue();
5814   int IterCnt;
5815   auto &&FindConsecutiveAccess = [this, &Stores, &Tails, &IterCnt, MaxIter,
5816                                   &ConsecutiveChain](int K, int Idx) {
5817     if (IterCnt >= MaxIter)
5818       return true;
5819     ++IterCnt;
5820     if (!isConsecutiveAccess(Stores[K], Stores[Idx], *DL, *SE))
5821       return false;
5822 
5823     Tails.set(Idx);
5824     ConsecutiveChain[K] = Idx;
5825     return true;
5826   };
5827   // Do a quadratic search on all of the given stores in reverse order and find
5828   // all of the pairs of stores that follow each other.
5829   for (int Idx = E - 1; Idx >= 0; --Idx) {
5830     // If a store has multiple consecutive store candidates, search according
5831     // to the sequence: Idx-1, Idx+1, Idx-2, Idx+2, ...
5832     // This is because usually pairing with immediate succeeding or preceding
5833     // candidate create the best chance to find slp vectorization opportunity.
5834     const int MaxLookDepth = std::max(E - Idx, Idx + 1);
5835     IterCnt = 0;
5836     for (int Offset = 1, F = MaxLookDepth; Offset < F; ++Offset)
5837       if ((Idx >= Offset && FindConsecutiveAccess(Idx - Offset, Idx)) ||
5838           (Idx + Offset < E && FindConsecutiveAccess(Idx + Offset, Idx)))
5839         break;
5840   }
5841 
5842   // For stores that start but don't end a link in the chain:
5843   for (int Cnt = E; Cnt > 0; --Cnt) {
5844     int I = Cnt - 1;
5845     if (ConsecutiveChain[I] == E + 1 || Tails.test(I))
5846       continue;
5847     // We found a store instr that starts a chain. Now follow the chain and try
5848     // to vectorize it.
5849     BoUpSLP::ValueList Operands;
5850     // Collect the chain into a list.
5851     while (I != E + 1 && !VectorizedStores.count(Stores[I])) {
5852       Operands.push_back(Stores[I]);
5853       // Move to the next value in the chain.
5854       I = ConsecutiveChain[I];
5855     }
5856 
5857     // If a vector register can't hold 1 element, we are done.
5858     unsigned MaxVecRegSize = R.getMaxVecRegSize();
5859     unsigned EltSize = R.getVectorElementSize(Stores[0]);
5860     if (MaxVecRegSize % EltSize != 0)
5861       continue;
5862 
5863     unsigned MaxElts = MaxVecRegSize / EltSize;
5864     // FIXME: Is division-by-2 the correct step? Should we assert that the
5865     // register size is a power-of-2?
5866     unsigned StartIdx = 0;
5867     for (unsigned Size = llvm::PowerOf2Ceil(MaxElts); Size >= 2; Size /= 2) {
5868       for (unsigned Cnt = StartIdx, E = Operands.size(); Cnt + Size <= E;) {
5869         ArrayRef<Value *> Slice = makeArrayRef(Operands).slice(Cnt, Size);
5870         if (!VectorizedStores.count(Slice.front()) &&
5871             !VectorizedStores.count(Slice.back()) &&
5872             vectorizeStoreChain(Slice, R, Cnt)) {
5873           // Mark the vectorized stores so that we don't vectorize them again.
5874           VectorizedStores.insert(Slice.begin(), Slice.end());
5875           Changed = true;
5876           // If we vectorized initial block, no need to try to vectorize it
5877           // again.
5878           if (Cnt == StartIdx)
5879             StartIdx += Size;
5880           Cnt += Size;
5881           continue;
5882         }
5883         ++Cnt;
5884       }
5885       // Check if the whole array was vectorized already - exit.
5886       if (StartIdx >= Operands.size())
5887         break;
5888     }
5889   }
5890 
5891   return Changed;
5892 }
5893 
5894 void SLPVectorizerPass::collectSeedInstructions(BasicBlock *BB) {
5895   // Initialize the collections. We will make a single pass over the block.
5896   Stores.clear();
5897   GEPs.clear();
5898 
5899   // Visit the store and getelementptr instructions in BB and organize them in
5900   // Stores and GEPs according to the underlying objects of their pointer
5901   // operands.
5902   for (Instruction &I : *BB) {
5903     // Ignore store instructions that are volatile or have a pointer operand
5904     // that doesn't point to a scalar type.
5905     if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(&I)) {
5906       if (!SI->isSimple())
5907         continue;
5908       if (!isValidElementType(SI->getValueOperand()->getType()))
5909         continue;
5910       Stores[GetUnderlyingObject(SI->getPointerOperand(), *DL)].push_back(SI);
5911     }
5912 
5913     // Ignore getelementptr instructions that have more than one index, a
5914     // constant index, or a pointer operand that doesn't point to a scalar
5915     // type.
5916     else if (auto *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(&I)) {
5917       auto Idx = GEP->idx_begin()->get();
5918       if (GEP->getNumIndices() > 1 || isa<Constant>(Idx))
5919         continue;
5920       if (!isValidElementType(Idx->getType()))
5921         continue;
5922       if (GEP->getType()->isVectorTy())
5923         continue;
5924       GEPs[GEP->getPointerOperand()].push_back(GEP);
5925     }
5926   }
5927 }
5928 
5929 bool SLPVectorizerPass::tryToVectorizePair(Value *A, Value *B, BoUpSLP &R) {
5930   if (!A || !B)
5931     return false;
5932   Value *VL[] = { A, B };
5933   return tryToVectorizeList(VL, R, /*UserCost=*/0, true);
5934 }
5935 
5936 bool SLPVectorizerPass::tryToVectorizeList(ArrayRef<Value *> VL, BoUpSLP &R,
5937                                            int UserCost, bool AllowReorder) {
5938   if (VL.size() < 2)
5939     return false;
5940 
5941   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Trying to vectorize a list of length = "
5942                     << VL.size() << ".\n");
5943 
5944   // Check that all of the parts are instructions of the same type,
5945   // we permit an alternate opcode via InstructionsState.
5946   InstructionsState S = getSameOpcode(VL);
5947   if (!S.getOpcode())
5948     return false;
5949 
5950   Instruction *I0 = cast<Instruction>(S.OpValue);
5951   // Make sure invalid types (including vector type) are rejected before
5952   // determining vectorization factor for scalar instructions.
5953   for (Value *V : VL) {
5954     Type *Ty = V->getType();
5955     if (!isValidElementType(Ty)) {
5956       // NOTE: the following will give user internal llvm type name, which may
5957       // not be useful.
5958       R.getORE()->emit([&]() {
5959         std::string type_str;
5960         llvm::raw_string_ostream rso(type_str);
5961         Ty->print(rso);
5962         return OptimizationRemarkMissed(SV_NAME, "UnsupportedType", I0)
5963                << "Cannot SLP vectorize list: type "
5964                << rso.str() + " is unsupported by vectorizer";
5965       });
5966       return false;
5967     }
5968   }
5969 
5970   unsigned Sz = R.getVectorElementSize(I0);
5971   unsigned MinVF = std::max(2U, R.getMinVecRegSize() / Sz);
5972   unsigned MaxVF = std::max<unsigned>(PowerOf2Floor(VL.size()), MinVF);
5973   if (MaxVF < 2) {
5974     R.getORE()->emit([&]() {
5975       return OptimizationRemarkMissed(SV_NAME, "SmallVF", I0)
5976              << "Cannot SLP vectorize list: vectorization factor "
5977              << "less than 2 is not supported";
5978     });
5979     return false;
5980   }
5981 
5982   bool Changed = false;
5983   bool CandidateFound = false;
5984   int MinCost = SLPCostThreshold;
5985 
5986   unsigned NextInst = 0, MaxInst = VL.size();
5987   for (unsigned VF = MaxVF; NextInst + 1 < MaxInst && VF >= MinVF; VF /= 2) {
5988     // No actual vectorization should happen, if number of parts is the same as
5989     // provided vectorization factor (i.e. the scalar type is used for vector
5990     // code during codegen).
5991     auto *VecTy = VectorType::get(VL[0]->getType(), VF);
5992     if (TTI->getNumberOfParts(VecTy) == VF)
5993       continue;
5994     for (unsigned I = NextInst; I < MaxInst; ++I) {
5995       unsigned OpsWidth = 0;
5996 
5997       if (I + VF > MaxInst)
5998         OpsWidth = MaxInst - I;
5999       else
6000         OpsWidth = VF;
6001 
6002       if (!isPowerOf2_32(OpsWidth) || OpsWidth < 2)
6003         break;
6004 
6005       ArrayRef<Value *> Ops = VL.slice(I, OpsWidth);
6006       // Check that a previous iteration of this loop did not delete the Value.
6007       if (llvm::any_of(Ops, [&R](Value *V) {
6008             auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
6009             return I && R.isDeleted(I);
6010           }))
6011         continue;
6012 
6013       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Analyzing " << OpsWidth << " operations "
6014                         << "\n");
6015 
6016       R.buildTree(Ops);
6017       Optional<ArrayRef<unsigned>> Order = R.bestOrder();
6018       // TODO: check if we can allow reordering for more cases.
6019       if (AllowReorder && Order) {
6020         // TODO: reorder tree nodes without tree rebuilding.
6021         // Conceptually, there is nothing actually preventing us from trying to
6022         // reorder a larger list. In fact, we do exactly this when vectorizing
6023         // reductions. However, at this point, we only expect to get here when
6024         // there are exactly two operations.
6025         assert(Ops.size() == 2);
6026         Value *ReorderedOps[] = {Ops[1], Ops[0]};
6027         R.buildTree(ReorderedOps, None);
6028       }
6029       if (R.isTreeTinyAndNotFullyVectorizable())
6030         continue;
6031 
6032       R.computeMinimumValueSizes();
6033       int Cost = R.getTreeCost() - UserCost;
6034       CandidateFound = true;
6035       MinCost = std::min(MinCost, Cost);
6036 
6037       if (Cost < -SLPCostThreshold) {
6038         LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Vectorizing list at cost:" << Cost << ".\n");
6039         R.getORE()->emit(OptimizationRemark(SV_NAME, "VectorizedList",
6040                                                     cast<Instruction>(Ops[0]))
6041                                  << "SLP vectorized with cost " << ore::NV("Cost", Cost)
6042                                  << " and with tree size "
6043                                  << ore::NV("TreeSize", R.getTreeSize()));
6044 
6045         R.vectorizeTree();
6046         // Move to the next bundle.
6047         I += VF - 1;
6048         NextInst = I + 1;
6049         Changed = true;
6050       }
6051     }
6052   }
6053 
6054   if (!Changed && CandidateFound) {
6055     R.getORE()->emit([&]() {
6056       return OptimizationRemarkMissed(SV_NAME, "NotBeneficial", I0)
6057              << "List vectorization was possible but not beneficial with cost "
6058              << ore::NV("Cost", MinCost) << " >= "
6059              << ore::NV("Treshold", -SLPCostThreshold);
6060     });
6061   } else if (!Changed) {
6062     R.getORE()->emit([&]() {
6063       return OptimizationRemarkMissed(SV_NAME, "NotPossible", I0)
6064              << "Cannot SLP vectorize list: vectorization was impossible"
6065              << " with available vectorization factors";
6066     });
6067   }
6068   return Changed;
6069 }
6070 
6071 bool SLPVectorizerPass::tryToVectorize(Instruction *I, BoUpSLP &R) {
6072   if (!I)
6073     return false;
6074 
6075   if (!isa<BinaryOperator>(I) && !isa<CmpInst>(I))
6076     return false;
6077 
6078   Value *P = I->getParent();
6079 
6080   // Vectorize in current basic block only.
6081   auto *Op0 = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(0));
6082   auto *Op1 = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(1));
6083   if (!Op0 || !Op1 || Op0->getParent() != P || Op1->getParent() != P)
6084     return false;
6085 
6086   // Try to vectorize V.
6087   if (tryToVectorizePair(Op0, Op1, R))
6088     return true;
6089 
6090   auto *A = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0);
6091   auto *B = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1);
6092   // Try to skip B.
6093   if (B && B->hasOneUse()) {
6094     auto *B0 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(B->getOperand(0));
6095     auto *B1 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(B->getOperand(1));
6096     if (B0 && B0->getParent() == P && tryToVectorizePair(A, B0, R))
6097       return true;
6098     if (B1 && B1->getParent() == P && tryToVectorizePair(A, B1, R))
6099       return true;
6100   }
6101 
6102   // Try to skip A.
6103   if (A && A->hasOneUse()) {
6104     auto *A0 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(A->getOperand(0));
6105     auto *A1 = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(A->getOperand(1));
6106     if (A0 && A0->getParent() == P && tryToVectorizePair(A0, B, R))
6107       return true;
6108     if (A1 && A1->getParent() == P && tryToVectorizePair(A1, B, R))
6109       return true;
6110   }
6111   return false;
6112 }
6113 
6114 /// Generate a shuffle mask to be used in a reduction tree.
6115 ///
6116 /// \param VecLen The length of the vector to be reduced.
6117 /// \param NumEltsToRdx The number of elements that should be reduced in the
6118 ///        vector.
6119 /// \param IsPairwise Whether the reduction is a pairwise or splitting
6120 ///        reduction. A pairwise reduction will generate a mask of
6121 ///        <0,2,...> or <1,3,..> while a splitting reduction will generate
6122 ///        <2,3, undef,undef> for a vector of 4 and NumElts = 2.
6123 /// \param IsLeft True will generate a mask of even elements, odd otherwise.
6124 static SmallVector<int, 32> createRdxShuffleMask(unsigned VecLen,
6125                                                  unsigned NumEltsToRdx,
6126                                                  bool IsPairwise, bool IsLeft) {
6127   assert((IsPairwise || !IsLeft) && "Don't support a <0,1,undef,...> mask");
6128 
6129   SmallVector<int, 32> ShuffleMask(VecLen, -1);
6130 
6131   if (IsPairwise)
6132     // Build a mask of 0, 2, ... (left) or 1, 3, ... (right).
6133     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumEltsToRdx; ++i)
6134       ShuffleMask[i] = 2 * i + !IsLeft;
6135   else
6136     // Move the upper half of the vector to the lower half.
6137     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumEltsToRdx; ++i)
6138       ShuffleMask[i] = NumEltsToRdx + i;
6139 
6140   return ShuffleMask;
6141 }
6142 
6143 namespace {
6144 
6145 /// Model horizontal reductions.
6146 ///
6147 /// A horizontal reduction is a tree of reduction operations (currently add and
6148 /// fadd) that has operations that can be put into a vector as its leaf.
6149 /// For example, this tree:
6150 ///
6151 /// mul mul mul mul
6152 ///  \  /    \  /
6153 ///   +       +
6154 ///    \     /
6155 ///       +
6156 /// This tree has "mul" as its reduced values and "+" as its reduction
6157 /// operations. A reduction might be feeding into a store or a binary operation
6158 /// feeding a phi.
6159 ///    ...
6160 ///    \  /
6161 ///     +
6162 ///     |
6163 ///  phi +=
6164 ///
6165 ///  Or:
6166 ///    ...
6167 ///    \  /
6168 ///     +
6169 ///     |
6170 ///   *p =
6171 ///
6172 class HorizontalReduction {
6173   using ReductionOpsType = SmallVector<Value *, 16>;
6174   using ReductionOpsListType = SmallVector<ReductionOpsType, 2>;
6175   ReductionOpsListType  ReductionOps;
6176   SmallVector<Value *, 32> ReducedVals;
6177   // Use map vector to make stable output.
6178   MapVector<Instruction *, Value *> ExtraArgs;
6179 
6180   /// Kind of the reduction data.
6181   enum ReductionKind {
6182     RK_None,       /// Not a reduction.
6183     RK_Arithmetic, /// Binary reduction data.
6184     RK_Min,        /// Minimum reduction data.
6185     RK_UMin,       /// Unsigned minimum reduction data.
6186     RK_Max,        /// Maximum reduction data.
6187     RK_UMax,       /// Unsigned maximum reduction data.
6188   };
6189 
6190   /// Contains info about operation, like its opcode, left and right operands.
6191   class OperationData {
6192     /// Opcode of the instruction.
6193     unsigned Opcode = 0;
6194 
6195     /// Left operand of the reduction operation.
6196     Value *LHS = nullptr;
6197 
6198     /// Right operand of the reduction operation.
6199     Value *RHS = nullptr;
6200 
6201     /// Kind of the reduction operation.
6202     ReductionKind Kind = RK_None;
6203 
6204     /// True if float point min/max reduction has no NaNs.
6205     bool NoNaN = false;
6206 
6207     /// Checks if the reduction operation can be vectorized.
6208     bool isVectorizable() const {
6209       return LHS && RHS &&
6210              // We currently only support add/mul/logical && min/max reductions.
6211              ((Kind == RK_Arithmetic &&
6212                (Opcode == Instruction::Add || Opcode == Instruction::FAdd ||
6213                 Opcode == Instruction::Mul || Opcode == Instruction::FMul ||
6214                 Opcode == Instruction::And || Opcode == Instruction::Or ||
6215                 Opcode == Instruction::Xor)) ||
6216               ((Opcode == Instruction::ICmp || Opcode == Instruction::FCmp) &&
6217                (Kind == RK_Min || Kind == RK_Max)) ||
6218               (Opcode == Instruction::ICmp &&
6219                (Kind == RK_UMin || Kind == RK_UMax)));
6220     }
6221 
6222     /// Creates reduction operation with the current opcode.
6223     Value *createOp(IRBuilder<> &Builder, const Twine &Name) const {
6224       assert(isVectorizable() &&
6225              "Expected add|fadd or min/max reduction operation.");
6226       Value *Cmp = nullptr;
6227       switch (Kind) {
6228       case RK_Arithmetic:
6229         return Builder.CreateBinOp((Instruction::BinaryOps)Opcode, LHS, RHS,
6230                                    Name);
6231       case RK_Min:
6232         Cmp = Opcode == Instruction::ICmp ? Builder.CreateICmpSLT(LHS, RHS)
6233                                           : Builder.CreateFCmpOLT(LHS, RHS);
6234         return Builder.CreateSelect(Cmp, LHS, RHS, Name);
6235       case RK_Max:
6236         Cmp = Opcode == Instruction::ICmp ? Builder.CreateICmpSGT(LHS, RHS)
6237                                           : Builder.CreateFCmpOGT(LHS, RHS);
6238         return Builder.CreateSelect(Cmp, LHS, RHS, Name);
6239       case RK_UMin:
6240         assert(Opcode == Instruction::ICmp && "Expected integer types.");
6241         Cmp = Builder.CreateICmpULT(LHS, RHS);
6242         return Builder.CreateSelect(Cmp, LHS, RHS, Name);
6243       case RK_UMax:
6244         assert(Opcode == Instruction::ICmp && "Expected integer types.");
6245         Cmp = Builder.CreateICmpUGT(LHS, RHS);
6246         return Builder.CreateSelect(Cmp, LHS, RHS, Name);
6247       case RK_None:
6248         break;
6249       }
6250       llvm_unreachable("Unknown reduction operation.");
6251     }
6252 
6253   public:
6254     explicit OperationData() = default;
6255 
6256     /// Construction for reduced values. They are identified by opcode only and
6257     /// don't have associated LHS/RHS values.
6258     explicit OperationData(Value *V) {
6259       if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
6260         Opcode = I->getOpcode();
6261     }
6262 
6263     /// Constructor for reduction operations with opcode and its left and
6264     /// right operands.
6265     OperationData(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, ReductionKind Kind,
6266                   bool NoNaN = false)
6267         : Opcode(Opcode), LHS(LHS), RHS(RHS), Kind(Kind), NoNaN(NoNaN) {
6268       assert(Kind != RK_None && "One of the reduction operations is expected.");
6269     }
6270 
6271     explicit operator bool() const { return Opcode; }
6272 
6273     /// Return true if this operation is any kind of minimum or maximum.
6274     bool isMinMax() const {
6275       switch (Kind) {
6276       case RK_Arithmetic:
6277         return false;
6278       case RK_Min:
6279       case RK_Max:
6280       case RK_UMin:
6281       case RK_UMax:
6282         return true;
6283       case RK_None:
6284         break;
6285       }
6286       llvm_unreachable("Reduction kind is not set");
6287     }
6288 
6289     /// Get the index of the first operand.
6290     unsigned getFirstOperandIndex() const {
6291       assert(!!*this && "The opcode is not set.");
6292       // We allow calling this before 'Kind' is set, so handle that specially.
6293       if (Kind == RK_None)
6294         return 0;
6295       return isMinMax() ? 1 : 0;
6296     }
6297 
6298     /// Total number of operands in the reduction operation.
6299     unsigned getNumberOfOperands() const {
6300       assert(Kind != RK_None && !!*this && LHS && RHS &&
6301              "Expected reduction operation.");
6302       return isMinMax() ? 3 : 2;
6303     }
6304 
6305     /// Checks if the operation has the same parent as \p P.
6306     bool hasSameParent(Instruction *I, Value *P, bool IsRedOp) const {
6307       assert(Kind != RK_None && !!*this && LHS && RHS &&
6308              "Expected reduction operation.");
6309       if (!IsRedOp)
6310         return I->getParent() == P;
6311       if (isMinMax()) {
6312         // SelectInst must be used twice while the condition op must have single
6313         // use only.
6314         auto *Cmp = cast<Instruction>(cast<SelectInst>(I)->getCondition());
6315         return I->getParent() == P && Cmp && Cmp->getParent() == P;
6316       }
6317       // Arithmetic reduction operation must be used once only.
6318       return I->getParent() == P;
6319     }
6320 
6321     /// Expected number of uses for reduction operations/reduced values.
6322     bool hasRequiredNumberOfUses(Instruction *I, bool IsReductionOp) const {
6323       assert(Kind != RK_None && !!*this && LHS && RHS &&
6324              "Expected reduction operation.");
6325       if (isMinMax())
6326         return I->hasNUses(2) &&
6327                (!IsReductionOp ||
6328                 cast<SelectInst>(I)->getCondition()->hasOneUse());
6329       return I->hasOneUse();
6330     }
6331 
6332     /// Initializes the list of reduction operations.
6333     void initReductionOps(ReductionOpsListType &ReductionOps) {
6334       assert(Kind != RK_None && !!*this && LHS && RHS &&
6335              "Expected reduction operation.");
6336       if (isMinMax())
6337         ReductionOps.assign(2, ReductionOpsType());
6338       else
6339         ReductionOps.assign(1, ReductionOpsType());
6340     }
6341 
6342     /// Add all reduction operations for the reduction instruction \p I.
6343     void addReductionOps(Instruction *I, ReductionOpsListType &ReductionOps) {
6344       assert(Kind != RK_None && !!*this && LHS && RHS &&
6345              "Expected reduction operation.");
6346       if (isMinMax()) {
6347         ReductionOps[0].emplace_back(cast<SelectInst>(I)->getCondition());
6348         ReductionOps[1].emplace_back(I);
6349       } else {
6350         ReductionOps[0].emplace_back(I);
6351       }
6352     }
6353 
6354     /// Checks if instruction is associative and can be vectorized.
6355     bool isAssociative(Instruction *I) const {
6356       assert(Kind != RK_None && *this && LHS && RHS &&
6357              "Expected reduction operation.");
6358       switch (Kind) {
6359       case RK_Arithmetic:
6360         return I->isAssociative();
6361       case RK_Min:
6362       case RK_Max:
6363         return Opcode == Instruction::ICmp ||
6364                cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(0))->isFast();
6365       case RK_UMin:
6366       case RK_UMax:
6367         assert(Opcode == Instruction::ICmp &&
6368                "Only integer compare operation is expected.");
6369         return true;
6370       case RK_None:
6371         break;
6372       }
6373       llvm_unreachable("Reduction kind is not set");
6374     }
6375 
6376     /// Checks if the reduction operation can be vectorized.
6377     bool isVectorizable(Instruction *I) const {
6378       return isVectorizable() && isAssociative(I);
6379     }
6380 
6381     /// Checks if two operation data are both a reduction op or both a reduced
6382     /// value.
6383     bool operator==(const OperationData &OD) const {
6384       assert(((Kind != OD.Kind) || ((!LHS == !OD.LHS) && (!RHS == !OD.RHS))) &&
6385              "One of the comparing operations is incorrect.");
6386       return this == &OD || (Kind == OD.Kind && Opcode == OD.Opcode);
6387     }
6388     bool operator!=(const OperationData &OD) const { return !(*this == OD); }
6389     void clear() {
6390       Opcode = 0;
6391       LHS = nullptr;
6392       RHS = nullptr;
6393       Kind = RK_None;
6394       NoNaN = false;
6395     }
6396 
6397     /// Get the opcode of the reduction operation.
6398     unsigned getOpcode() const {
6399       assert(isVectorizable() && "Expected vectorizable operation.");
6400       return Opcode;
6401     }
6402 
6403     /// Get kind of reduction data.
6404     ReductionKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
6405     Value *getLHS() const { return LHS; }
6406     Value *getRHS() const { return RHS; }
6407     Type *getConditionType() const {
6408       return isMinMax() ? CmpInst::makeCmpResultType(LHS->getType()) : nullptr;
6409     }
6410 
6411     /// Creates reduction operation with the current opcode with the IR flags
6412     /// from \p ReductionOps.
6413     Value *createOp(IRBuilder<> &Builder, const Twine &Name,
6414                     const ReductionOpsListType &ReductionOps) const {
6415       assert(isVectorizable() &&
6416              "Expected add|fadd or min/max reduction operation.");
6417       auto *Op = createOp(Builder, Name);
6418       switch (Kind) {
6419       case RK_Arithmetic:
6420         propagateIRFlags(Op, ReductionOps[0]);
6421         return Op;
6422       case RK_Min:
6423       case RK_Max:
6424       case RK_UMin:
6425       case RK_UMax:
6426         if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op))
6427           propagateIRFlags(SI->getCondition(), ReductionOps[0]);
6428         propagateIRFlags(Op, ReductionOps[1]);
6429         return Op;
6430       case RK_None:
6431         break;
6432       }
6433       llvm_unreachable("Unknown reduction operation.");
6434     }
6435     /// Creates reduction operation with the current opcode with the IR flags
6436     /// from \p I.
6437     Value *createOp(IRBuilder<> &Builder, const Twine &Name,
6438                     Instruction *I) const {
6439       assert(isVectorizable() &&
6440              "Expected add|fadd or min/max reduction operation.");
6441       auto *Op = createOp(Builder, Name);
6442       switch (Kind) {
6443       case RK_Arithmetic:
6444         propagateIRFlags(Op, I);
6445         return Op;
6446       case RK_Min:
6447       case RK_Max:
6448       case RK_UMin:
6449       case RK_UMax:
6450         if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op)) {
6451           propagateIRFlags(SI->getCondition(),
6452                            cast<SelectInst>(I)->getCondition());
6453         }
6454         propagateIRFlags(Op, I);
6455         return Op;
6456       case RK_None:
6457         break;
6458       }
6459       llvm_unreachable("Unknown reduction operation.");
6460     }
6461 
6462     TargetTransformInfo::ReductionFlags getFlags() const {
6463       TargetTransformInfo::ReductionFlags Flags;
6464       Flags.NoNaN = NoNaN;
6465       switch (Kind) {
6466       case RK_Arithmetic:
6467         break;
6468       case RK_Min:
6469         Flags.IsSigned = Opcode == Instruction::ICmp;
6470         Flags.IsMaxOp = false;
6471         break;
6472       case RK_Max:
6473         Flags.IsSigned = Opcode == Instruction::ICmp;
6474         Flags.IsMaxOp = true;
6475         break;
6476       case RK_UMin:
6477         Flags.IsSigned = false;
6478         Flags.IsMaxOp = false;
6479         break;
6480       case RK_UMax:
6481         Flags.IsSigned = false;
6482         Flags.IsMaxOp = true;
6483         break;
6484       case RK_None:
6485         llvm_unreachable("Reduction kind is not set");
6486       }
6487       return Flags;
6488     }
6489   };
6490 
6491   WeakTrackingVH ReductionRoot;
6492 
6493   /// The operation data of the reduction operation.
6494   OperationData ReductionData;
6495 
6496   /// The operation data of the values we perform a reduction on.
6497   OperationData ReducedValueData;
6498 
6499   /// Should we model this reduction as a pairwise reduction tree or a tree that
6500   /// splits the vector in halves and adds those halves.
6501   bool IsPairwiseReduction = false;
6502 
6503   /// Checks if the ParentStackElem.first should be marked as a reduction
6504   /// operation with an extra argument or as extra argument itself.
6505   void markExtraArg(std::pair<Instruction *, unsigned> &ParentStackElem,
6506                     Value *ExtraArg) {
6507     if (ExtraArgs.count(ParentStackElem.first)) {
6508       ExtraArgs[ParentStackElem.first] = nullptr;
6509       // We ran into something like:
6510       // ParentStackElem.first = ExtraArgs[ParentStackElem.first] + ExtraArg.
6511       // The whole ParentStackElem.first should be considered as an extra value
6512       // in this case.
6513       // Do not perform analysis of remaining operands of ParentStackElem.first
6514       // instruction, this whole instruction is an extra argument.
6515       ParentStackElem.second = ParentStackElem.first->getNumOperands();
6516     } else {
6517       // We ran into something like:
6518       // ParentStackElem.first += ... + ExtraArg + ...
6519       ExtraArgs[ParentStackElem.first] = ExtraArg;
6520     }
6521   }
6522 
6523   static OperationData getOperationData(Value *V) {
6524     if (!V)
6525       return OperationData();
6526 
6527     Value *LHS;
6528     Value *RHS;
6529     if (m_BinOp(m_Value(LHS), m_Value(RHS)).match(V)) {
6530       return OperationData(cast<BinaryOperator>(V)->getOpcode(), LHS, RHS,
6531                            RK_Arithmetic);
6532     }
6533     if (auto *Select = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(V)) {
6534       // Look for a min/max pattern.
6535       if (m_UMin(m_Value(LHS), m_Value(RHS)).match(Select)) {
6536         return OperationData(Instruction::ICmp, LHS, RHS, RK_UMin);
6537       } else if (m_SMin(m_Value(LHS), m_Value(RHS)).match(Select)) {
6538         return OperationData(Instruction::ICmp, LHS, RHS, RK_Min);
6539       } else if (m_OrdFMin(m_Value(LHS), m_Value(RHS)).match(Select) ||
6540                  m_UnordFMin(m_Value(LHS), m_Value(RHS)).match(Select)) {
6541         return OperationData(
6542             Instruction::FCmp, LHS, RHS, RK_Min,
6543             cast<Instruction>(Select->getCondition())->hasNoNaNs());
6544       } else if (m_UMax(m_Value(LHS), m_Value(RHS)).match(Select)) {
6545         return OperationData(Instruction::ICmp, LHS, RHS, RK_UMax);
6546       } else if (m_SMax(m_Value(LHS), m_Value(RHS)).match(Select)) {
6547         return OperationData(Instruction::ICmp, LHS, RHS, RK_Max);
6548       } else if (m_OrdFMax(m_Value(LHS), m_Value(RHS)).match(Select) ||
6549                  m_UnordFMax(m_Value(LHS), m_Value(RHS)).match(Select)) {
6550         return OperationData(
6551             Instruction::FCmp, LHS, RHS, RK_Max,
6552             cast<Instruction>(Select->getCondition())->hasNoNaNs());
6553       } else {
6554         // Try harder: look for min/max pattern based on instructions producing
6555         // same values such as: select ((cmp Inst1, Inst2), Inst1, Inst2).
6556         // During the intermediate stages of SLP, it's very common to have
6557         // pattern like this (since optimizeGatherSequence is run only once
6558         // at the end):
6559         // %1 = extractelement <2 x i32> %a, i32 0
6560         // %2 = extractelement <2 x i32> %a, i32 1
6561         // %cond = icmp sgt i32 %1, %2
6562         // %3 = extractelement <2 x i32> %a, i32 0
6563         // %4 = extractelement <2 x i32> %a, i32 1
6564         // %select = select i1 %cond, i32 %3, i32 %4
6565         CmpInst::Predicate Pred;
6566         Instruction *L1;
6567         Instruction *L2;
6568 
6569         LHS = Select->getTrueValue();
6570         RHS = Select->getFalseValue();
6571         Value *Cond = Select->getCondition();
6572 
6573         // TODO: Support inverse predicates.
6574         if (match(Cond, m_Cmp(Pred, m_Specific(LHS), m_Instruction(L2)))) {
6575           if (!isa<ExtractElementInst>(RHS) ||
6576               !L2->isIdenticalTo(cast<Instruction>(RHS)))
6577             return OperationData(V);
6578         } else if (match(Cond, m_Cmp(Pred, m_Instruction(L1), m_Specific(RHS)))) {
6579           if (!isa<ExtractElementInst>(LHS) ||
6580               !L1->isIdenticalTo(cast<Instruction>(LHS)))
6581             return OperationData(V);
6582         } else {
6583           if (!isa<ExtractElementInst>(LHS) || !isa<ExtractElementInst>(RHS))
6584             return OperationData(V);
6585           if (!match(Cond, m_Cmp(Pred, m_Instruction(L1), m_Instruction(L2))) ||
6586               !L1->isIdenticalTo(cast<Instruction>(LHS)) ||
6587               !L2->isIdenticalTo(cast<Instruction>(RHS)))
6588             return OperationData(V);
6589         }
6590         switch (Pred) {
6591         default:
6592           return OperationData(V);
6593 
6594         case CmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
6595         case CmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
6596           return OperationData(Instruction::ICmp, LHS, RHS, RK_UMin);
6597 
6598         case CmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
6599         case CmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
6600           return OperationData(Instruction::ICmp, LHS, RHS, RK_Min);
6601 
6602         case CmpInst::FCMP_OLT:
6603         case CmpInst::FCMP_OLE:
6604         case CmpInst::FCMP_ULT:
6605         case CmpInst::FCMP_ULE:
6606           return OperationData(Instruction::FCmp, LHS, RHS, RK_Min,
6607                                cast<Instruction>(Cond)->hasNoNaNs());
6608 
6609         case CmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
6610         case CmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
6611           return OperationData(Instruction::ICmp, LHS, RHS, RK_UMax);
6612 
6613         case CmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
6614         case CmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
6615           return OperationData(Instruction::ICmp, LHS, RHS, RK_Max);
6616 
6617         case CmpInst::FCMP_OGT:
6618         case CmpInst::FCMP_OGE:
6619         case CmpInst::FCMP_UGT:
6620         case CmpInst::FCMP_UGE:
6621           return OperationData(Instruction::FCmp, LHS, RHS, RK_Max,
6622                                cast<Instruction>(Cond)->hasNoNaNs());
6623         }
6624       }
6625     }
6626     return OperationData(V);
6627   }
6628 
6629 public:
6630   HorizontalReduction() = default;
6631 
6632   /// Try to find a reduction tree.
6633   bool matchAssociativeReduction(PHINode *Phi, Instruction *B) {
6634     assert((!Phi || is_contained(Phi->operands(), B)) &&
6635            "Thi phi needs to use the binary operator");
6636 
6637     ReductionData = getOperationData(B);
6638 
6639     // We could have a initial reductions that is not an add.
6640     //  r *= v1 + v2 + v3 + v4
6641     // In such a case start looking for a tree rooted in the first '+'.
6642     if (Phi) {
6643       if (ReductionData.getLHS() == Phi) {
6644         Phi = nullptr;
6645         B = dyn_cast<Instruction>(ReductionData.getRHS());
6646         ReductionData = getOperationData(B);
6647       } else if (ReductionData.getRHS() == Phi) {
6648         Phi = nullptr;
6649         B = dyn_cast<Instruction>(ReductionData.getLHS());
6650         ReductionData = getOperationData(B);
6651       }
6652     }
6653 
6654     if (!ReductionData.isVectorizable(B))
6655       return false;
6656 
6657     Type *Ty = B->getType();
6658     if (!isValidElementType(Ty))
6659       return false;
6660     if (!Ty->isIntOrIntVectorTy() && !Ty->isFPOrFPVectorTy())
6661       return false;
6662 
6663     ReducedValueData.clear();
6664     ReductionRoot = B;
6665 
6666     // Post order traverse the reduction tree starting at B. We only handle true
6667     // trees containing only binary operators.
6668     SmallVector<std::pair<Instruction *, unsigned>, 32> Stack;
6669     Stack.push_back(std::make_pair(B, ReductionData.getFirstOperandIndex()));
6670     ReductionData.initReductionOps(ReductionOps);
6671     while (!Stack.empty()) {
6672       Instruction *TreeN = Stack.back().first;
6673       unsigned EdgeToVist = Stack.back().second++;
6674       OperationData OpData = getOperationData(TreeN);
6675       bool IsReducedValue = OpData != ReductionData;
6676 
6677       // Postorder vist.
6678       if (IsReducedValue || EdgeToVist == OpData.getNumberOfOperands()) {
6679         if (IsReducedValue)
6680           ReducedVals.push_back(TreeN);
6681         else {
6682           auto I = ExtraArgs.find(TreeN);
6683           if (I != ExtraArgs.end() && !I->second) {
6684             // Check if TreeN is an extra argument of its parent operation.
6685             if (Stack.size() <= 1) {
6686               // TreeN can't be an extra argument as it is a root reduction
6687               // operation.
6688               return false;
6689             }
6690             // Yes, TreeN is an extra argument, do not add it to a list of
6691             // reduction operations.
6692             // Stack[Stack.size() - 2] always points to the parent operation.
6693             markExtraArg(Stack[Stack.size() - 2], TreeN);
6694             ExtraArgs.erase(TreeN);
6695           } else
6696             ReductionData.addReductionOps(TreeN, ReductionOps);
6697         }
6698         // Retract.
6699         Stack.pop_back();
6700         continue;
6701       }
6702 
6703       // Visit left or right.
6704       Value *NextV = TreeN->getOperand(EdgeToVist);
6705       if (NextV != Phi) {
6706         auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(NextV);
6707         OpData = getOperationData(I);
6708         // Continue analysis if the next operand is a reduction operation or
6709         // (possibly) a reduced value. If the reduced value opcode is not set,
6710         // the first met operation != reduction operation is considered as the
6711         // reduced value class.
6712         if (I && (!ReducedValueData || OpData == ReducedValueData ||
6713                   OpData == ReductionData)) {
6714           const bool IsReductionOperation = OpData == ReductionData;
6715           // Only handle trees in the current basic block.
6716           if (!ReductionData.hasSameParent(I, B->getParent(),
6717                                            IsReductionOperation)) {
6718             // I is an extra argument for TreeN (its parent operation).
6719             markExtraArg(Stack.back(), I);
6720             continue;
6721           }
6722 
6723           // Each tree node needs to have minimal number of users except for the
6724           // ultimate reduction.
6725           if (!ReductionData.hasRequiredNumberOfUses(I,
6726                                                      OpData == ReductionData) &&
6727               I != B) {
6728             // I is an extra argument for TreeN (its parent operation).
6729             markExtraArg(Stack.back(), I);
6730             continue;
6731           }
6732 
6733           if (IsReductionOperation) {
6734             // We need to be able to reassociate the reduction operations.
6735             if (!OpData.isAssociative(I)) {
6736               // I is an extra argument for TreeN (its parent operation).
6737               markExtraArg(Stack.back(), I);
6738               continue;
6739             }
6740           } else if (ReducedValueData &&
6741                      ReducedValueData != OpData) {
6742             // Make sure that the opcodes of the operations that we are going to
6743             // reduce match.
6744             // I is an extra argument for TreeN (its parent operation).
6745             markExtraArg(Stack.back(), I);
6746             continue;
6747           } else if (!ReducedValueData)
6748             ReducedValueData = OpData;
6749 
6750           Stack.push_back(std::make_pair(I, OpData.getFirstOperandIndex()));
6751           continue;
6752         }
6753       }
6754       // NextV is an extra argument for TreeN (its parent operation).
6755       markExtraArg(Stack.back(), NextV);
6756     }
6757     return true;
6758   }
6759 
6760   /// Attempt to vectorize the tree found by
6761   /// matchAssociativeReduction.
6762   bool tryToReduce(BoUpSLP &V, TargetTransformInfo *TTI) {
6763     if (ReducedVals.empty())
6764       return false;
6765 
6766     // If there is a sufficient number of reduction values, reduce
6767     // to a nearby power-of-2. Can safely generate oversized
6768     // vectors and rely on the backend to split them to legal sizes.
6769     unsigned NumReducedVals = ReducedVals.size();
6770     if (NumReducedVals < 4)
6771       return false;
6772 
6773     unsigned ReduxWidth = PowerOf2Floor(NumReducedVals);
6774 
6775     Value *VectorizedTree = nullptr;
6776 
6777     // FIXME: Fast-math-flags should be set based on the instructions in the
6778     //        reduction (not all of 'fast' are required).
6779     IRBuilder<> Builder(cast<Instruction>(ReductionRoot));
6780     FastMathFlags Unsafe;
6781     Unsafe.setFast();
6782     Builder.setFastMathFlags(Unsafe);
6783     unsigned i = 0;
6784 
6785     BoUpSLP::ExtraValueToDebugLocsMap ExternallyUsedValues;
6786     // The same extra argument may be used several time, so log each attempt
6787     // to use it.
6788     for (auto &Pair : ExtraArgs) {
6789       assert(Pair.first && "DebugLoc must be set.");
6790       ExternallyUsedValues[Pair.second].push_back(Pair.first);
6791     }
6792 
6793     // The compare instruction of a min/max is the insertion point for new
6794     // instructions and may be replaced with a new compare instruction.
6795     auto getCmpForMinMaxReduction = [](Instruction *RdxRootInst) {
6796       assert(isa<SelectInst>(RdxRootInst) &&
6797              "Expected min/max reduction to have select root instruction");
6798       Value *ScalarCond = cast<SelectInst>(RdxRootInst)->getCondition();
6799       assert(isa<Instruction>(ScalarCond) &&
6800              "Expected min/max reduction to have compare condition");
6801       return cast<Instruction>(ScalarCond);
6802     };
6803 
6804     // The reduction root is used as the insertion point for new instructions,
6805     // so set it as externally used to prevent it from being deleted.
6806     ExternallyUsedValues[ReductionRoot];
6807     SmallVector<Value *, 16> IgnoreList;
6808     for (auto &V : ReductionOps)
6809       IgnoreList.append(V.begin(), V.end());
6810     while (i < NumReducedVals - ReduxWidth + 1 && ReduxWidth > 2) {
6811       auto VL = makeArrayRef(&ReducedVals[i], ReduxWidth);
6812       V.buildTree(VL, ExternallyUsedValues, IgnoreList);
6813       Optional<ArrayRef<unsigned>> Order = V.bestOrder();
6814       // TODO: Handle orders of size less than number of elements in the vector.
6815       if (Order && Order->size() == VL.size()) {
6816         // TODO: reorder tree nodes without tree rebuilding.
6817         SmallVector<Value *, 4> ReorderedOps(VL.size());
6818         llvm::transform(*Order, ReorderedOps.begin(),
6819                         [VL](const unsigned Idx) { return VL[Idx]; });
6820         V.buildTree(ReorderedOps, ExternallyUsedValues, IgnoreList);
6821       }
6822       if (V.isTreeTinyAndNotFullyVectorizable())
6823         break;
6824       if (V.isLoadCombineReductionCandidate(ReductionData.getOpcode()))
6825         break;
6826 
6827       V.computeMinimumValueSizes();
6828 
6829       // Estimate cost.
6830       int TreeCost = V.getTreeCost();
6831       int ReductionCost = getReductionCost(TTI, ReducedVals[i], ReduxWidth);
6832       int Cost = TreeCost + ReductionCost;
6833       if (Cost >= -SLPCostThreshold) {
6834           V.getORE()->emit([&]() {
6835               return OptimizationRemarkMissed(
6836                          SV_NAME, "HorSLPNotBeneficial", cast<Instruction>(VL[0]))
6837                      << "Vectorizing horizontal reduction is possible"
6838                      << "but not beneficial with cost "
6839                      << ore::NV("Cost", Cost) << " and threshold "
6840                      << ore::NV("Threshold", -SLPCostThreshold);
6841           });
6842           break;
6843       }
6844 
6845       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Vectorizing horizontal reduction at cost:"
6846                         << Cost << ". (HorRdx)\n");
6847       V.getORE()->emit([&]() {
6848           return OptimizationRemark(
6849                      SV_NAME, "VectorizedHorizontalReduction", cast<Instruction>(VL[0]))
6850           << "Vectorized horizontal reduction with cost "
6851           << ore::NV("Cost", Cost) << " and with tree size "
6852           << ore::NV("TreeSize", V.getTreeSize());
6853       });
6854 
6855       // Vectorize a tree.
6856       DebugLoc Loc = cast<Instruction>(ReducedVals[i])->getDebugLoc();
6857       Value *VectorizedRoot = V.vectorizeTree(ExternallyUsedValues);
6858 
6859       // Emit a reduction. For min/max, the root is a select, but the insertion
6860       // point is the compare condition of that select.
6861       Instruction *RdxRootInst = cast<Instruction>(ReductionRoot);
6862       if (ReductionData.isMinMax())
6863         Builder.SetInsertPoint(getCmpForMinMaxReduction(RdxRootInst));
6864       else
6865         Builder.SetInsertPoint(RdxRootInst);
6866 
6867       Value *ReducedSubTree =
6868           emitReduction(VectorizedRoot, Builder, ReduxWidth, TTI);
6869       if (VectorizedTree) {
6870         Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(Loc);
6871         OperationData VectReductionData(ReductionData.getOpcode(),
6872                                         VectorizedTree, ReducedSubTree,
6873                                         ReductionData.getKind());
6874         VectorizedTree =
6875             VectReductionData.createOp(Builder, "op.rdx", ReductionOps);
6876       } else
6877         VectorizedTree = ReducedSubTree;
6878       i += ReduxWidth;
6879       ReduxWidth = PowerOf2Floor(NumReducedVals - i);
6880     }
6881 
6882     if (VectorizedTree) {
6883       // Finish the reduction.
6884       for (; i < NumReducedVals; ++i) {
6885         auto *I = cast<Instruction>(ReducedVals[i]);
6886         Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(I->getDebugLoc());
6887         OperationData VectReductionData(ReductionData.getOpcode(),
6888                                         VectorizedTree, I,
6889                                         ReductionData.getKind());
6890         VectorizedTree = VectReductionData.createOp(Builder, "", ReductionOps);
6891       }
6892       for (auto &Pair : ExternallyUsedValues) {
6893         // Add each externally used value to the final reduction.
6894         for (auto *I : Pair.second) {
6895           Builder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(I->getDebugLoc());
6896           OperationData VectReductionData(ReductionData.getOpcode(),
6897                                           VectorizedTree, Pair.first,
6898                                           ReductionData.getKind());
6899           VectorizedTree = VectReductionData.createOp(Builder, "op.extra", I);
6900         }
6901       }
6902 
6903       // Update users. For a min/max reduction that ends with a compare and
6904       // select, we also have to RAUW for the compare instruction feeding the
6905       // reduction root. That's because the original compare may have extra uses
6906       // besides the final select of the reduction.
6907       if (ReductionData.isMinMax()) {
6908         if (auto *VecSelect = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(VectorizedTree)) {
6909           Instruction *ScalarCmp =
6910               getCmpForMinMaxReduction(cast<Instruction>(ReductionRoot));
6911           ScalarCmp->replaceAllUsesWith(VecSelect->getCondition());
6912         }
6913       }
6914       ReductionRoot->replaceAllUsesWith(VectorizedTree);
6915 
6916       // Mark all scalar reduction ops for deletion, they are replaced by the
6917       // vector reductions.
6918       V.eraseInstructions(IgnoreList);
6919     }
6920     return VectorizedTree != nullptr;
6921   }
6922 
6923   unsigned numReductionValues() const {
6924     return ReducedVals.size();
6925   }
6926 
6927 private:
6928   /// Calculate the cost of a reduction.
6929   int getReductionCost(TargetTransformInfo *TTI, Value *FirstReducedVal,
6930                        unsigned ReduxWidth) {
6931     Type *ScalarTy = FirstReducedVal->getType();
6932     VectorType *VecTy = VectorType::get(ScalarTy, ReduxWidth);
6933 
6934     int PairwiseRdxCost;
6935     int SplittingRdxCost;
6936     switch (ReductionData.getKind()) {
6937     case RK_Arithmetic:
6938       PairwiseRdxCost =
6939           TTI->getArithmeticReductionCost(ReductionData.getOpcode(), VecTy,
6940                                           /*IsPairwiseForm=*/true);
6941       SplittingRdxCost =
6942           TTI->getArithmeticReductionCost(ReductionData.getOpcode(), VecTy,
6943                                           /*IsPairwiseForm=*/false);
6944       break;
6945     case RK_Min:
6946     case RK_Max:
6947     case RK_UMin:
6948     case RK_UMax: {
6949       auto *VecCondTy = cast<VectorType>(CmpInst::makeCmpResultType(VecTy));
6950       bool IsUnsigned = ReductionData.getKind() == RK_UMin ||
6951                         ReductionData.getKind() == RK_UMax;
6952       PairwiseRdxCost =
6953           TTI->getMinMaxReductionCost(VecTy, VecCondTy,
6954                                       /*IsPairwiseForm=*/true, IsUnsigned);
6955       SplittingRdxCost =
6956           TTI->getMinMaxReductionCost(VecTy, VecCondTy,
6957                                       /*IsPairwiseForm=*/false, IsUnsigned);
6958       break;
6959     }
6960     case RK_None:
6961       llvm_unreachable("Expected arithmetic or min/max reduction operation");
6962     }
6963 
6964     IsPairwiseReduction = PairwiseRdxCost < SplittingRdxCost;
6965     int VecReduxCost = IsPairwiseReduction ? PairwiseRdxCost : SplittingRdxCost;
6966 
6967     int ScalarReduxCost = 0;
6968     switch (ReductionData.getKind()) {
6969     case RK_Arithmetic:
6970       ScalarReduxCost =
6971           TTI->getArithmeticInstrCost(ReductionData.getOpcode(), ScalarTy);
6972       break;
6973     case RK_Min:
6974     case RK_Max:
6975     case RK_UMin:
6976     case RK_UMax:
6977       ScalarReduxCost =
6978           TTI->getCmpSelInstrCost(ReductionData.getOpcode(), ScalarTy) +
6979           TTI->getCmpSelInstrCost(Instruction::Select, ScalarTy,
6980                                   CmpInst::makeCmpResultType(ScalarTy));
6981       break;
6982     case RK_None:
6983       llvm_unreachable("Expected arithmetic or min/max reduction operation");
6984     }
6985     ScalarReduxCost *= (ReduxWidth - 1);
6986 
6987     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Adding cost " << VecReduxCost - ScalarReduxCost
6988                       << " for reduction that starts with " << *FirstReducedVal
6989                       << " (It is a "
6990                       << (IsPairwiseReduction ? "pairwise" : "splitting")
6991                       << " reduction)\n");
6992 
6993     return VecReduxCost - ScalarReduxCost;
6994   }
6995 
6996   /// Emit a horizontal reduction of the vectorized value.
6997   Value *emitReduction(Value *VectorizedValue, IRBuilder<> &Builder,
6998                        unsigned ReduxWidth, const TargetTransformInfo *TTI) {
6999     assert(VectorizedValue && "Need to have a vectorized tree node");
7000     assert(isPowerOf2_32(ReduxWidth) &&
7001            "We only handle power-of-two reductions for now");
7002 
7003     if (!IsPairwiseReduction) {
7004       // FIXME: The builder should use an FMF guard. It should not be hard-coded
7005       //        to 'fast'.
7006       assert(Builder.getFastMathFlags().isFast() && "Expected 'fast' FMF");
7007       return createSimpleTargetReduction(
7008           Builder, TTI, ReductionData.getOpcode(), VectorizedValue,
7009           ReductionData.getFlags(), ReductionOps.back());
7010     }
7011 
7012     Value *TmpVec = VectorizedValue;
7013     for (unsigned i = ReduxWidth / 2; i != 0; i >>= 1) {
7014       auto LeftMask = createRdxShuffleMask(ReduxWidth, i, true, true);
7015       auto RightMask = createRdxShuffleMask(ReduxWidth, i, true, false);
7016 
7017       Value *LeftShuf = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(
7018           TmpVec, UndefValue::get(TmpVec->getType()), LeftMask, "rdx.shuf.l");
7019       Value *RightShuf = Builder.CreateShuffleVector(
7020           TmpVec, UndefValue::get(TmpVec->getType()), (RightMask),
7021           "rdx.shuf.r");
7022       OperationData VectReductionData(ReductionData.getOpcode(), LeftShuf,
7023                                       RightShuf, ReductionData.getKind());
7024       TmpVec = VectReductionData.createOp(Builder, "op.rdx", ReductionOps);
7025     }
7026 
7027     // The result is in the first element of the vector.
7028     return Builder.CreateExtractElement(TmpVec, Builder.getInt32(0));
7029   }
7030 };
7031 
7032 } // end anonymous namespace
7033 
7034 /// Recognize construction of vectors like
7035 ///  %ra = insertelement <4 x float> undef, float %s0, i32 0
7036 ///  %rb = insertelement <4 x float> %ra, float %s1, i32 1
7037 ///  %rc = insertelement <4 x float> %rb, float %s2, i32 2
7038 ///  %rd = insertelement <4 x float> %rc, float %s3, i32 3
7039 ///  starting from the last insertelement or insertvalue instruction.
7040 ///
7041 /// Also recognize aggregates like {<2 x float>, <2 x float>},
7042 /// {{float, float}, {float, float}}, [2 x {float, float}] and so on.
7043 /// See llvm/test/Transforms/SLPVectorizer/X86/pr42022.ll for examples.
7044 ///
7045 /// Assume LastInsertInst is of InsertElementInst or InsertValueInst type.
7046 ///
7047 /// \return true if it matches.
7048 static bool findBuildAggregate(Value *LastInsertInst, TargetTransformInfo *TTI,
7049                                SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &BuildVectorOpds,
7050                                int &UserCost) {
7051   assert((isa<InsertElementInst>(LastInsertInst) ||
7052           isa<InsertValueInst>(LastInsertInst)) &&
7053          "Expected insertelement or insertvalue instruction!");
7054   UserCost = 0;
7055   do {
7056     // TODO: Use TTI's getScalarizationOverhead for sequence of inserts rather
7057     // than sum of single inserts as the latter may overestimate cost.
7058     // This work should imply improving cost estimation for extracts that
7059     // added in for external (for vectorization tree) users.
7060     // For example, in following case all extracts added in order to feed
7061     // into external users (inserts), which in turn form sequence to build
7062     // an aggregate that we do match here:
7063     //  %4 = extractelement <4 x i64> %3, i32 0
7064     //  %v0 = insertelement <4 x i64> undef, i64 %4, i32 0
7065     //  %5 = extractelement <4 x i64> %3, i32 1
7066     //  %v1 = insertelement <4 x i64> %v0, i64 %5, i32 1
7067     //  %6 = extractelement <4 x i64> %3, i32 2
7068     //  %v2 = insertelement <4 x i64> %v1, i64 %6, i32 2
7069     //  %7 = extractelement <4 x i64> %3, i32 3
7070     //  %v3 = insertelement <4 x i64> %v2, i64 %7, i32 3
7071     //
7072     // Cost of this entire sequence is currently estimated as sum of single
7073     // extracts (as this aggregate build sequence is an external to
7074     // vectorization tree user) minus cost of the aggregate build.
7075     // As this whole sequence will be optimized away we want the cost to be
7076     // zero. But it is not quite possible using given approach (at least for
7077     // X86) because inserts can be more expensive than extracts for longer
7078     // vector lengths so the difference turns out not zero in such a case.
7079     // Ideally we want to match this entire sequence and treat it as a no-op
7080     // (i.e. do not count into final cost at all).
7081     // Currently the difference tends to be negative thus adding a bias
7082     // toward favoring vectorization. If we switch into using TTI interface
7083     // the bias tendency will remain but will be lower.
7084     Value *InsertedOperand;
7085     if (auto *IE = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(LastInsertInst)) {
7086       InsertedOperand = IE->getOperand(1);
7087       LastInsertInst = IE->getOperand(0);
7088       if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(IE->getOperand(2))) {
7089         UserCost += TTI->getVectorInstrCost(Instruction::InsertElement,
7090                                             IE->getType(), CI->getZExtValue());
7091       }
7092     } else {
7093       auto *IV = cast<InsertValueInst>(LastInsertInst);
7094       InsertedOperand = IV->getInsertedValueOperand();
7095       LastInsertInst = IV->getAggregateOperand();
7096     }
7097     if (isa<InsertElementInst>(InsertedOperand) ||
7098         isa<InsertValueInst>(InsertedOperand)) {
7099       int TmpUserCost;
7100       SmallVector<Value *, 8> TmpBuildVectorOpds;
7101       if (!findBuildAggregate(InsertedOperand, TTI, TmpBuildVectorOpds,
7102                               TmpUserCost))
7103         return false;
7104       BuildVectorOpds.append(TmpBuildVectorOpds.rbegin(),
7105                              TmpBuildVectorOpds.rend());
7106       UserCost += TmpUserCost;
7107     } else {
7108       BuildVectorOpds.push_back(InsertedOperand);
7109     }
7110     if (isa<UndefValue>(LastInsertInst))
7111       break;
7112     if ((!isa<InsertValueInst>(LastInsertInst) &&
7113          !isa<InsertElementInst>(LastInsertInst)) ||
7114         !LastInsertInst->hasOneUse())
7115       return false;
7116   } while (true);
7117   std::reverse(BuildVectorOpds.begin(), BuildVectorOpds.end());
7118   return true;
7119 }
7120 
7121 static bool PhiTypeSorterFunc(Value *V, Value *V2) {
7122   return V->getType() < V2->getType();
7123 }
7124 
7125 /// Try and get a reduction value from a phi node.
7126 ///
7127 /// Given a phi node \p P in a block \p ParentBB, consider possible reductions
7128 /// if they come from either \p ParentBB or a containing loop latch.
7129 ///
7130 /// \returns A candidate reduction value if possible, or \code nullptr \endcode
7131 /// if not possible.
7132 static Value *getReductionValue(const DominatorTree *DT, PHINode *P,
7133                                 BasicBlock *ParentBB, LoopInfo *LI) {
7134   // There are situations where the reduction value is not dominated by the
7135   // reduction phi. Vectorizing such cases has been reported to cause
7136   // miscompiles. See PR25787.
7137   auto DominatedReduxValue = [&](Value *R) {
7138     return isa<Instruction>(R) &&
7139            DT->dominates(P->getParent(), cast<Instruction>(R)->getParent());
7140   };
7141 
7142   Value *Rdx = nullptr;
7143 
7144   // Return the incoming value if it comes from the same BB as the phi node.
7145   if (P->getIncomingBlock(0) == ParentBB) {
7146     Rdx = P->getIncomingValue(0);
7147   } else if (P->getIncomingBlock(1) == ParentBB) {
7148     Rdx = P->getIncomingValue(1);
7149   }
7150 
7151   if (Rdx && DominatedReduxValue(Rdx))
7152     return Rdx;
7153 
7154   // Otherwise, check whether we have a loop latch to look at.
7155   Loop *BBL = LI->getLoopFor(ParentBB);
7156   if (!BBL)
7157     return nullptr;
7158   BasicBlock *BBLatch = BBL->getLoopLatch();
7159   if (!BBLatch)
7160     return nullptr;
7161 
7162   // There is a loop latch, return the incoming value if it comes from
7163   // that. This reduction pattern occasionally turns up.
7164   if (P->getIncomingBlock(0) == BBLatch) {
7165     Rdx = P->getIncomingValue(0);
7166   } else if (P->getIncomingBlock(1) == BBLatch) {
7167     Rdx = P->getIncomingValue(1);
7168   }
7169 
7170   if (Rdx && DominatedReduxValue(Rdx))
7171     return Rdx;
7172 
7173   return nullptr;
7174 }
7175 
7176 /// Attempt to reduce a horizontal reduction.
7177 /// If it is legal to match a horizontal reduction feeding the phi node \a P
7178 /// with reduction operators \a Root (or one of its operands) in a basic block
7179 /// \a BB, then check if it can be done. If horizontal reduction is not found
7180 /// and root instruction is a binary operation, vectorization of the operands is
7181 /// attempted.
7182 /// \returns true if a horizontal reduction was matched and reduced or operands
7183 /// of one of the binary instruction were vectorized.
7184 /// \returns false if a horizontal reduction was not matched (or not possible)
7185 /// or no vectorization of any binary operation feeding \a Root instruction was
7186 /// performed.
7187 static bool tryToVectorizeHorReductionOrInstOperands(
7188     PHINode *P, Instruction *Root, BasicBlock *BB, BoUpSLP &R,
7189     TargetTransformInfo *TTI,
7190     const function_ref<bool(Instruction *, BoUpSLP &)> Vectorize) {
7191   if (!ShouldVectorizeHor)
7192     return false;
7193 
7194   if (!Root)
7195     return false;
7196 
7197   if (Root->getParent() != BB || isa<PHINode>(Root))
7198     return false;
7199   // Start analysis starting from Root instruction. If horizontal reduction is
7200   // found, try to vectorize it. If it is not a horizontal reduction or
7201   // vectorization is not possible or not effective, and currently analyzed
7202   // instruction is a binary operation, try to vectorize the operands, using
7203   // pre-order DFS traversal order. If the operands were not vectorized, repeat
7204   // the same procedure considering each operand as a possible root of the
7205   // horizontal reduction.
7206   // Interrupt the process if the Root instruction itself was vectorized or all
7207   // sub-trees not higher that RecursionMaxDepth were analyzed/vectorized.
7208   SmallVector<std::pair<Instruction *, unsigned>, 8> Stack(1, {Root, 0});
7209   SmallPtrSet<Value *, 8> VisitedInstrs;
7210   bool Res = false;
7211   while (!Stack.empty()) {
7212     Instruction *Inst;
7213     unsigned Level;
7214     std::tie(Inst, Level) = Stack.pop_back_val();
7215     auto *BI = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Inst);
7216     auto *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Inst);
7217     if (BI || SI) {
7218       HorizontalReduction HorRdx;
7219       if (HorRdx.matchAssociativeReduction(P, Inst)) {
7220         if (HorRdx.tryToReduce(R, TTI)) {
7221           Res = true;
7222           // Set P to nullptr to avoid re-analysis of phi node in
7223           // matchAssociativeReduction function unless this is the root node.
7224           P = nullptr;
7225           continue;
7226         }
7227       }
7228       if (P && BI) {
7229         Inst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BI->getOperand(0));
7230         if (Inst == P)
7231           Inst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BI->getOperand(1));
7232         if (!Inst) {
7233           // Set P to nullptr to avoid re-analysis of phi node in
7234           // matchAssociativeReduction function unless this is the root node.
7235           P = nullptr;
7236           continue;
7237         }
7238       }
7239     }
7240     // Set P to nullptr to avoid re-analysis of phi node in
7241     // matchAssociativeReduction function unless this is the root node.
7242     P = nullptr;
7243     if (Vectorize(Inst, R)) {
7244       Res = true;
7245       continue;
7246     }
7247 
7248     // Try to vectorize operands.
7249     // Continue analysis for the instruction from the same basic block only to
7250     // save compile time.
7251     if (++Level < RecursionMaxDepth)
7252       for (auto *Op : Inst->operand_values())
7253         if (VisitedInstrs.insert(Op).second)
7254           if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op))
7255             if (!isa<PHINode>(I) && !R.isDeleted(I) && I->getParent() == BB)
7256               Stack.emplace_back(I, Level);
7257   }
7258   return Res;
7259 }
7260 
7261 bool SLPVectorizerPass::vectorizeRootInstruction(PHINode *P, Value *V,
7262                                                  BasicBlock *BB, BoUpSLP &R,
7263                                                  TargetTransformInfo *TTI) {
7264   if (!V)
7265     return false;
7266   auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
7267   if (!I)
7268     return false;
7269 
7270   if (!isa<BinaryOperator>(I))
7271     P = nullptr;
7272   // Try to match and vectorize a horizontal reduction.
7273   auto &&ExtraVectorization = [this](Instruction *I, BoUpSLP &R) -> bool {
7274     return tryToVectorize(I, R);
7275   };
7276   return tryToVectorizeHorReductionOrInstOperands(P, I, BB, R, TTI,
7277                                                   ExtraVectorization);
7278 }
7279 
7280 bool SLPVectorizerPass::vectorizeInsertValueInst(InsertValueInst *IVI,
7281                                                  BasicBlock *BB, BoUpSLP &R) {
7282   int UserCost = 0;
7283   const DataLayout &DL = BB->getModule()->getDataLayout();
7284   if (!R.canMapToVector(IVI->getType(), DL))
7285     return false;
7286 
7287   SmallVector<Value *, 16> BuildVectorOpds;
7288   if (!findBuildAggregate(IVI, TTI, BuildVectorOpds, UserCost))
7289     return false;
7290 
7291   LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: array mappable to vector: " << *IVI << "\n");
7292   // Aggregate value is unlikely to be processed in vector register, we need to
7293   // extract scalars into scalar registers, so NeedExtraction is set true.
7294   return tryToVectorizeList(BuildVectorOpds, R, UserCost);
7295 }
7296 
7297 bool SLPVectorizerPass::vectorizeInsertElementInst(InsertElementInst *IEI,
7298                                                    BasicBlock *BB, BoUpSLP &R) {
7299   int UserCost;
7300   SmallVector<Value *, 16> BuildVectorOpds;
7301   if (!findBuildAggregate(IEI, TTI, BuildVectorOpds, UserCost) ||
7302       (llvm::all_of(BuildVectorOpds,
7303                     [](Value *V) { return isa<ExtractElementInst>(V); }) &&
7304        isShuffle(BuildVectorOpds)))
7305     return false;
7306 
7307   // Vectorize starting with the build vector operands ignoring the BuildVector
7308   // instructions for the purpose of scheduling and user extraction.
7309   return tryToVectorizeList(BuildVectorOpds, R, UserCost);
7310 }
7311 
7312 bool SLPVectorizerPass::vectorizeCmpInst(CmpInst *CI, BasicBlock *BB,
7313                                          BoUpSLP &R) {
7314   if (tryToVectorizePair(CI->getOperand(0), CI->getOperand(1), R))
7315     return true;
7316 
7317   bool OpsChanged = false;
7318   for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 2; ++Idx) {
7319     OpsChanged |=
7320         vectorizeRootInstruction(nullptr, CI->getOperand(Idx), BB, R, TTI);
7321   }
7322   return OpsChanged;
7323 }
7324 
7325 bool SLPVectorizerPass::vectorizeSimpleInstructions(
7326     SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Instructions, BasicBlock *BB, BoUpSLP &R) {
7327   bool OpsChanged = false;
7328   for (auto *I : reverse(Instructions)) {
7329     if (R.isDeleted(I))
7330       continue;
7331     if (auto *LastInsertValue = dyn_cast<InsertValueInst>(I))
7332       OpsChanged |= vectorizeInsertValueInst(LastInsertValue, BB, R);
7333     else if (auto *LastInsertElem = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(I))
7334       OpsChanged |= vectorizeInsertElementInst(LastInsertElem, BB, R);
7335     else if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
7336       OpsChanged |= vectorizeCmpInst(CI, BB, R);
7337   }
7338   Instructions.clear();
7339   return OpsChanged;
7340 }
7341 
7342 bool SLPVectorizerPass::vectorizeChainsInBlock(BasicBlock *BB, BoUpSLP &R) {
7343   bool Changed = false;
7344   SmallVector<Value *, 4> Incoming;
7345   SmallPtrSet<Value *, 16> VisitedInstrs;
7346 
7347   bool HaveVectorizedPhiNodes = true;
7348   while (HaveVectorizedPhiNodes) {
7349     HaveVectorizedPhiNodes = false;
7350 
7351     // Collect the incoming values from the PHIs.
7352     Incoming.clear();
7353     for (Instruction &I : *BB) {
7354       PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(&I);
7355       if (!P)
7356         break;
7357 
7358       if (!VisitedInstrs.count(P) && !R.isDeleted(P))
7359         Incoming.push_back(P);
7360     }
7361 
7362     // Sort by type.
7363     llvm::stable_sort(Incoming, PhiTypeSorterFunc);
7364 
7365     // Try to vectorize elements base on their type.
7366     for (SmallVector<Value *, 4>::iterator IncIt = Incoming.begin(),
7367                                            E = Incoming.end();
7368          IncIt != E;) {
7369 
7370       // Look for the next elements with the same type.
7371       SmallVector<Value *, 4>::iterator SameTypeIt = IncIt;
7372       while (SameTypeIt != E &&
7373              (*SameTypeIt)->getType() == (*IncIt)->getType()) {
7374         VisitedInstrs.insert(*SameTypeIt);
7375         ++SameTypeIt;
7376       }
7377 
7378       // Try to vectorize them.
7379       unsigned NumElts = (SameTypeIt - IncIt);
7380       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Trying to vectorize starting at PHIs ("
7381                         << NumElts << ")\n");
7382       // The order in which the phi nodes appear in the program does not matter.
7383       // So allow tryToVectorizeList to reorder them if it is beneficial. This
7384       // is done when there are exactly two elements since tryToVectorizeList
7385       // asserts that there are only two values when AllowReorder is true.
7386       bool AllowReorder = NumElts == 2;
7387       if (NumElts > 1 && tryToVectorizeList(makeArrayRef(IncIt, NumElts), R,
7388                                             /*UserCost=*/0, AllowReorder)) {
7389         // Success start over because instructions might have been changed.
7390         HaveVectorizedPhiNodes = true;
7391         Changed = true;
7392         break;
7393       }
7394 
7395       // Start over at the next instruction of a different type (or the end).
7396       IncIt = SameTypeIt;
7397     }
7398   }
7399 
7400   VisitedInstrs.clear();
7401 
7402   SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> PostProcessInstructions;
7403   SmallDenseSet<Instruction *, 4> KeyNodes;
7404   for (BasicBlock::iterator it = BB->begin(), e = BB->end(); it != e; ++it) {
7405     // Skip instructions marked for the deletion.
7406     if (R.isDeleted(&*it))
7407       continue;
7408     // We may go through BB multiple times so skip the one we have checked.
7409     if (!VisitedInstrs.insert(&*it).second) {
7410       if (it->use_empty() && KeyNodes.count(&*it) > 0 &&
7411           vectorizeSimpleInstructions(PostProcessInstructions, BB, R)) {
7412         // We would like to start over since some instructions are deleted
7413         // and the iterator may become invalid value.
7414         Changed = true;
7415         it = BB->begin();
7416         e = BB->end();
7417       }
7418       continue;
7419     }
7420 
7421     if (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(it))
7422       continue;
7423 
7424     // Try to vectorize reductions that use PHINodes.
7425     if (PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(it)) {
7426       // Check that the PHI is a reduction PHI.
7427       if (P->getNumIncomingValues() != 2)
7428         return Changed;
7429 
7430       // Try to match and vectorize a horizontal reduction.
7431       if (vectorizeRootInstruction(P, getReductionValue(DT, P, BB, LI), BB, R,
7432                                    TTI)) {
7433         Changed = true;
7434         it = BB->begin();
7435         e = BB->end();
7436         continue;
7437       }
7438       continue;
7439     }
7440 
7441     // Ran into an instruction without users, like terminator, or function call
7442     // with ignored return value, store. Ignore unused instructions (basing on
7443     // instruction type, except for CallInst and InvokeInst).
7444     if (it->use_empty() && (it->getType()->isVoidTy() || isa<CallInst>(it) ||
7445                             isa<InvokeInst>(it))) {
7446       KeyNodes.insert(&*it);
7447       bool OpsChanged = false;
7448       if (ShouldStartVectorizeHorAtStore || !isa<StoreInst>(it)) {
7449         for (auto *V : it->operand_values()) {
7450           // Try to match and vectorize a horizontal reduction.
7451           OpsChanged |= vectorizeRootInstruction(nullptr, V, BB, R, TTI);
7452         }
7453       }
7454       // Start vectorization of post-process list of instructions from the
7455       // top-tree instructions to try to vectorize as many instructions as
7456       // possible.
7457       OpsChanged |= vectorizeSimpleInstructions(PostProcessInstructions, BB, R);
7458       if (OpsChanged) {
7459         // We would like to start over since some instructions are deleted
7460         // and the iterator may become invalid value.
7461         Changed = true;
7462         it = BB->begin();
7463         e = BB->end();
7464         continue;
7465       }
7466     }
7467 
7468     if (isa<InsertElementInst>(it) || isa<CmpInst>(it) ||
7469         isa<InsertValueInst>(it))
7470       PostProcessInstructions.push_back(&*it);
7471   }
7472 
7473   return Changed;
7474 }
7475 
7476 bool SLPVectorizerPass::vectorizeGEPIndices(BasicBlock *BB, BoUpSLP &R) {
7477   auto Changed = false;
7478   for (auto &Entry : GEPs) {
7479     // If the getelementptr list has fewer than two elements, there's nothing
7480     // to do.
7481     if (Entry.second.size() < 2)
7482       continue;
7483 
7484     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Analyzing a getelementptr list of length "
7485                       << Entry.second.size() << ".\n");
7486 
7487     // Process the GEP list in chunks suitable for the target's supported
7488     // vector size. If a vector register can't hold 1 element, we are done.
7489     unsigned MaxVecRegSize = R.getMaxVecRegSize();
7490     unsigned EltSize = R.getVectorElementSize(Entry.second[0]);
7491     if (MaxVecRegSize < EltSize)
7492       continue;
7493 
7494     unsigned MaxElts = MaxVecRegSize / EltSize;
7495     for (unsigned BI = 0, BE = Entry.second.size(); BI < BE; BI += MaxElts) {
7496       auto Len = std::min<unsigned>(BE - BI, MaxElts);
7497       auto GEPList = makeArrayRef(&Entry.second[BI], Len);
7498 
7499       // Initialize a set a candidate getelementptrs. Note that we use a
7500       // SetVector here to preserve program order. If the index computations
7501       // are vectorizable and begin with loads, we want to minimize the chance
7502       // of having to reorder them later.
7503       SetVector<Value *> Candidates(GEPList.begin(), GEPList.end());
7504 
7505       // Some of the candidates may have already been vectorized after we
7506       // initially collected them. If so, they are marked as deleted, so remove
7507       // them from the set of candidates.
7508       Candidates.remove_if(
7509           [&R](Value *I) { return R.isDeleted(cast<Instruction>(I)); });
7510 
7511       // Remove from the set of candidates all pairs of getelementptrs with
7512       // constant differences. Such getelementptrs are likely not good
7513       // candidates for vectorization in a bottom-up phase since one can be
7514       // computed from the other. We also ensure all candidate getelementptr
7515       // indices are unique.
7516       for (int I = 0, E = GEPList.size(); I < E && Candidates.size() > 1; ++I) {
7517         auto *GEPI = GEPList[I];
7518         if (!Candidates.count(GEPI))
7519           continue;
7520         auto *SCEVI = SE->getSCEV(GEPList[I]);
7521         for (int J = I + 1; J < E && Candidates.size() > 1; ++J) {
7522           auto *GEPJ = GEPList[J];
7523           auto *SCEVJ = SE->getSCEV(GEPList[J]);
7524           if (isa<SCEVConstant>(SE->getMinusSCEV(SCEVI, SCEVJ))) {
7525             Candidates.remove(GEPI);
7526             Candidates.remove(GEPJ);
7527           } else if (GEPI->idx_begin()->get() == GEPJ->idx_begin()->get()) {
7528             Candidates.remove(GEPJ);
7529           }
7530         }
7531       }
7532 
7533       // We break out of the above computation as soon as we know there are
7534       // fewer than two candidates remaining.
7535       if (Candidates.size() < 2)
7536         continue;
7537 
7538       // Add the single, non-constant index of each candidate to the bundle. We
7539       // ensured the indices met these constraints when we originally collected
7540       // the getelementptrs.
7541       SmallVector<Value *, 16> Bundle(Candidates.size());
7542       auto BundleIndex = 0u;
7543       for (auto *V : Candidates) {
7544         auto *GEP = cast<GetElementPtrInst>(V);
7545         auto *GEPIdx = GEP->idx_begin()->get();
7546         assert(GEP->getNumIndices() == 1 || !isa<Constant>(GEPIdx));
7547         Bundle[BundleIndex++] = GEPIdx;
7548       }
7549 
7550       // Try and vectorize the indices. We are currently only interested in
7551       // gather-like cases of the form:
7552       //
7553       // ... = g[a[0] - b[0]] + g[a[1] - b[1]] + ...
7554       //
7555       // where the loads of "a", the loads of "b", and the subtractions can be
7556       // performed in parallel. It's likely that detecting this pattern in a
7557       // bottom-up phase will be simpler and less costly than building a
7558       // full-blown top-down phase beginning at the consecutive loads.
7559       Changed |= tryToVectorizeList(Bundle, R);
7560     }
7561   }
7562   return Changed;
7563 }
7564 
7565 bool SLPVectorizerPass::vectorizeStoreChains(BoUpSLP &R) {
7566   bool Changed = false;
7567   // Attempt to sort and vectorize each of the store-groups.
7568   for (StoreListMap::iterator it = Stores.begin(), e = Stores.end(); it != e;
7569        ++it) {
7570     if (it->second.size() < 2)
7571       continue;
7572 
7573     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "SLP: Analyzing a store chain of length "
7574                       << it->second.size() << ".\n");
7575 
7576     Changed |= vectorizeStores(it->second, R);
7577   }
7578   return Changed;
7579 }
7580 
7581 char SLPVectorizer::ID = 0;
7582 
7583 static const char lv_name[] = "SLP Vectorizer";
7584 
7585 INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(SLPVectorizer, SV_NAME, lv_name, false, false)
7586 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AAResultsWrapperPass)
7587 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetTransformInfoWrapperPass)
7588 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker)
7589 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass)
7590 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(LoopSimplify)
7591 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DemandedBitsWrapperPass)
7592 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(OptimizationRemarkEmitterWrapperPass)
7593 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(InjectTLIMappingsLegacy)
7594 INITIALIZE_PASS_END(SLPVectorizer, SV_NAME, lv_name, false, false)
7595 
7596 Pass *llvm::createSLPVectorizerPass() { return new SLPVectorizer(); }
7597